JP2014124307A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To reduce a player's burden by simplifying and speeding up operations such as right hitting and suspension of shooting, and to restrain consumption of waste game balls in return to a normal game.SOLUTION: A game machine includes a game ball shooting device, a shooting handle, and a shooting control part. The shooting handle includes a handle base being a base part of the shooting handle, and a handle ring rotatably attached to the handle base. The handle base includes a handle base operation mechanism, where a function of controlling the game ball shooting device such that right hitting, suspension of shooting, or the like is performed regardless of amount of operation of the shooting handle, is assigned to switching operation by operation for changing the mounting angle of the whole or a part of the handle base, tensile operation, push-in operation, strongly grasping operation, and sliding operation.

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

Conventionally, as a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine, for example, a gaming machine described in Patent Document 1 is known.

The gaming machine described in Patent Document 1 includes a game ball launching device that launches a game ball into the game area, a launch handle that performs an operation for adjusting the launch strength of the game ball, and a game according to the operation amount of the launch handle. And a launch controller that controls the launch intensity of the ball launcher.

The firing handle includes a handle base serving as a base of the firing handle, a handle ring rotatably attached to the front surface of the handle base, and a variable resistor that detects an angular position of the handle ring. . When the player turns the handle ring, the game ball launching device launches the game ball onto the game board with a launch intensity corresponding to the turning operation position.

The handle ring is attached with a coil spring that is always urged in the direction of the reference angular position that is in a non-firing state. When the player releases his / her hand from the handle ring, the handle ring is automatically returned to the reference angular position by the coil spring. The handle ring is provided with a touch sensor that detects contact of the human body with the handle ring in order to determine whether or not the turning operation is performed by the player. When contact is detected by the touch sensor, the launch control unit permits the launch of the game ball.

JP 2009-18000 A

When a player attempts to fire a game ball aiming at a certain position on the surface of the game board such as a so-called ceiling nail, the player handles the handle against the biasing force of the coil spring that attempts to return the handle ring to the reference angular position. It is necessary to hold the handle ring at the angular position when the game ball reaches the target position on the game board surface by rotating the ring to maintain the launch strength of the game ball. Subtle operation is necessary to adjust the firing intensity.

In addition, depending on the gaming machine, when a big hit occurs, a so-called right-handed operation that maximizes the launching strength of the game ball can be achieved by twisting the handle ring clockwise in order to efficiently win the game ball at the big prize opening. There is a required model.

Furthermore, in order to prevent unnecessary consumption of the game ball when the player enters a predetermined gaming state, the player may perform a so-called stop operation by returning the handle ring to the initial position or pressing the firing stop switch. .
For example, when a game ball enters the start winning opening (start chucker), a lottery lottery effect is performed by roulette, but when a game ball further enters the start winning port during rotation of the roulette, this is a holding ball waiting for the jackpot lottery effect The hold lamp lights up. However, the number of reserved balls is generally limited to four, and even if more game balls enter the starting prize opening, game balls will be paid out, but the right to win a jackpot will not be obtained. When there are four balls, the player does not fire the game ball by rotating the handle ring counterclockwise to return it to the initial position or by pressing the firing stop switch provided at the base of the firing handle. In many cases, a so-called stop operation is performed.

In order to adjust the angular position of the handle ring so that the game ball reaches the target position on the game board surface again when the right strike or stop strike operation is performed in this way, several to ten game balls are required. However, there is a problem that such game balls rarely enter the winning opening and become useless balls in that sense. In addition, even when stopping by pressing the launch stop switch, the firing strength is often slightly upset, and a trial strike is necessary for the readjustment, so the problem of consuming useless balls remains. It was.

The present invention has been made paying attention to the unsolved problems and the like of the prior art as exemplified above, and a handle ring for firing a game ball aiming at a certain position of a game board surface such as a ceiling nail. You can easily and quickly perform operations such as right strike and stop strike while maintaining the angle position of the player at the desired angle. It is an object of the present invention to provide a gaming machine that can easily return to the operation of launching a game ball aimed at a certain position.

In order to solve the above problems, the present invention
A game ball launching device for launching a game ball into the game area, a launch handle for performing a turning operation for adjusting the launch strength of the game ball, and a launch strength of the game ball launching device according to an operation amount of the launch handle A game machine having a launch control unit for controlling
The firing handle includes a handle base that is a base of the firing handle, and a handle ring that is rotatably attached to the handle base.
The handle base has an operation amount of the firing handle in accordance with a switching operation by an operation of changing an attachment angle, a pulling operation, a pushing operation, a grasping operation, or a sliding operation of the whole or a part of the handle base. A function for controlling the launch intensity of the game ball launching device to a predetermined value, for example, a function for controlling the game ball launching device so that the game ball reaches the right end of the machine board surface, or to interrupt the launch of the game ball There is provided a gaming machine characterized in that a handle base operation mechanism to which a function for controlling a game ball launching device is assigned is provided.

According to the present invention, when an operation such as a right strike or stop strike is temporarily required while a game ball is being fired aiming at a certain position on the game board surface, the angular position of the handle ring is set to a desired value. While holding at an angle, you can easily and quickly perform right-handed or stop-hit operations, and if you do not need right-handed or left-handed operations, games that aim at a certain position on the game board surface again It is possible to easily return to the ball launching operation, and it is possible to obtain an effect that the wasteful consumption of the game ball can be suppressed and the burden on the player can be reduced by improving the operability.

1 is a front view of a pachinko machine 10. FIG. FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing a state in which the pachinko machine 10 is unfolded with the main body frame 13 and the front door frame 14 spread apart. FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing a state in which the pachinko machine 10 is unfolded with the main body frame 13 and the back pack unit 15 spread apart. FIG. 4 is a rear view of the front door frame 14. 3 is a front view of a main body frame 13. FIG. 4 is a rear view of the main body frame 13. FIG. It is the perspective view which looked at the game board 81 from back. FIG. 3 is a rear view showing a state in which a main controller unit 160 is removed from a game board 81. 3 is a perspective view of a main control unit 160. FIG. 3 is a front view of the back pack unit 15. FIG. 3 is an exploded perspective view of a back pack unit 15. FIG. 2 is a front view of a game board 81. FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing a configuration of a control system 300. FIG. FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a configuration of a game ball launch handle 41. 3 is an exploded perspective view of a game ball launch handle 41. FIG. It is sectional drawing along the A-A 'line in FIG.14 (b). It is a disassembled perspective view of the front cover 450 seen from the front. It is a disassembled perspective view of the front cover 450 seen from back. It is a front view of the game ball launching handle 41 with the front cover 450 removed. It is a figure which shows the structure of the handle base 460. FIG. It is a perspective view which shows the main drive gear 700, the driven gear 720, and the urging | biasing gear 740 which were biting together. It is a perspective view which shows schematic structure inside the storage container 461 (front side). FIG. 3 is a diagram showing a configuration of a main driving gear 700. It is a figure which shows the structure of the driven gear 720. FIG. It is a figure which shows the structure of the urging | biasing gear 740. FIG. FIG. 10 is a view for explaining the operation of the game ball launch handle 41. It is a figure for demonstrating operation | movement of each gear 700,720,740. 3 is a front view of a game ball launch handle 41. FIG. FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view taken along line B-B ′ in FIG. 28. FIG. 29 is a cross-sectional view taken along line C-C ′ in FIG. 28. It is a disassembled perspective view of the front cover 450 seen from the front. It is a disassembled perspective view of the front cover 450 seen from back. FIG. 10 is a view for explaining the operation of the game ball launch handle 41. It is a flowchart which shows the discharge control process of the discharge control part 243b. 4 is a vertical sectional view of the game ball launch handle 41 in the front-rear direction. FIG. It is a figure which shows the structure of the game ball | bowl launching handle. 3 is an exploded perspective view of a game ball launch handle 42. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of a game ball launch handle 42. FIG. It is a disassembled perspective view of the front cover 1450 seen from the front. It is a disassembled perspective view of the front cover 1450 seen from the back. FIG. 6 is a perspective view, a rear view, and a cross-sectional view of a button cover 1550. It is a perspective view of the inner lid portion 1530. FIG. 10 is a rear view of the button 1570 and a cross-sectional view taken along the center line in the vertical direction. 2 is a front view and a rear view of a front cover base 1500. FIG. It is a front view of the game ball launching handle with the front cover 1450 removed. It is a front view around the guide column 1631a. FIG. 46 is a front view of the game ball launch handle 42 with the handle ring 1430 removed from the state shown in FIG. 45. It is a perspective view which shows the main drive gear 1700 and the urging | biasing gear 1740 which were biting together. It is a perspective view which shows schematic structure inside the storage container 1401 (front side). FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a configuration of a main driving gear 1700. FIG. 6 is a diagram showing a configuration of an urging gear 1740. It is a figure for demonstrating operation | movement of the game ball | bowl launching handle. It is a horizontal sectional view of game ball launching handle 41 showing a modification of the first basic form. FIG. 10 is an exploded perspective view of a game ball launch handle 2041. They are the perspective view (a) which looked at the handle ring 430 from the front side, and the perspective view (b) which looked from the back side. FIG. 49 is a front view of the game ball launch handle 2041 with the front cover 450 removed. It is the perspective view (a) which looked at the handle base 460 and its accessories from the front side, and the perspective view (b) which looked from the back side. It is a front view of the handle base 460 and its accessories. FIG. 6 is an exploded perspective view in which a handle holder 2015 is separated from a storage container 461. 5 is a perspective view of a handle guide boss 2021. FIG. It is a perspective view of one side which divided the storage container 461 into two parts. It is a side view of the game ball launch handle 2041. It is the figure which showed a mode that the storage container 461 of the game ball | bowl launching handle 2041 changed the attachment angle. FIG. 11 is a cross-sectional view of a modified example of the game ball launch handle 2041. It is the figure which showed the control flow at the time of providing the handle base operation mechanism with the function to perform the right hit or stop hit of the game ball.

[First basic form]
Hereinafter, the basic structure of a general pachinko machine, which is a gaming machine to which the present invention is applied, will be described, and then the form of a handle base operation mechanism that is a characteristic part of the gaming machine of the present invention will be described.
1 to 13 are views showing a general gaming machine to which a launching handle which is a characteristic part of the present invention is applied. In this embodiment, a launch handle, which is a characteristic part of a gaming machine, is applied to a pachinko machine.

First, the configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described.
FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10.
FIG. 2 is a perspective view showing a state in which the pachinko machine 10 is unfolded with the main body frame 13 and the front door frame 14 spread apart. In FIG. 2, the configuration in the game area of the pachinko machine 10 is omitted for convenience.

FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing a state in which the pachinko machine 10 is unfolded with the main body frame 13 and the back pack unit 15 spread apart.

As shown in FIGS. 1 to 3, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 that forms an outer shell of the pachinko machine 10, and a gaming machine main part 12 that is rotatably attached to the outer frame 11. It is comprised. The outer frame 11 is configured by connecting wooden plates to four sides and has a rectangular frame shape. The pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall by attaching and fixing the outer frame 11 to the island facility.

As shown in FIG. 1, a ball lending device (for example, CR unit) Y is provided on the side of the outer frame 11. A card insertion slot H is provided on the front side of the ball lending device Y so that a number of game balls corresponding to the amount stored in the card can be lent by inserting the card into the card insertion slot H. It has become.

2 and 3, the gaming machine main part 12 includes a main body frame 13, a front door frame 14 disposed in front of the main body frame 13, and a back pack unit 15 disposed behind the main body frame 13. And is configured. The main body frame 13 of the gaming machine main part 12 is supported so as to be rotatable with respect to the outer frame 11. Specifically, the main body frame 13 can be rotated forward with the left side as the rotation axis side and the right side as the rotation turning side in front view.

As shown in FIG. 2, the front door frame 14 is rotatably supported on the main body frame 13, and can be rotated forward with the left side as a rotation shaft side and the right side as a rotation swivel side in a front view. Has been. Further, as shown in FIG. 3, the backpack unit 15 is rotatably supported on the main body frame 13, and in the front view, the left side is the rotation axis side and the right side is the rotation rotation side, and the rear pack unit 15 is rotated rearward. It is possible.

Next, the configuration of the front door frame 14 will be described. In the following description, FIGS. 1 to 3 are referred to, and FIG. 4 is referred to for the configuration of the back surface of the front door frame 14.

FIG. 4 is a rear view of the front door frame 14.
As shown in FIGS. 1 and 2, the front door frame 14 is provided so as to cover the entire front side of the main body frame 13. The front door frame 14 is formed with a window portion 21 so that almost the entire game area can be viewed from the front. The window portion 21 has a substantially oval shape and is fitted with a transparent glass 22.

As shown in FIG. 1, light emitting means such as various lamps are provided around the window portion 21. For example, an annular illumination part 23 incorporating a light emitting means such as an LED is provided along the periphery of the window part 21. In the annular illumination part 23, lighting or blinking is performed in accordance with a change in the gaming state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach. In addition, an error display lamp unit 24 that is turned on at the time of a predetermined error is provided at the center of the annular illumination unit 23 and at the top of the pachinko machine 10. Further, on the left and right sides, a prize ball lamp unit 25 that is lit during the prize ball payout is provided. In addition, a speaker unit 26 is provided at a position close to the left and right prize ball lamp units 25 to output a sound effect or the like corresponding to the gaming state.

Below the window portion 21 in the front door frame 14, an upper bulging portion 31 and a lower bulging portion 32 that bulge to the near side are provided side by side. An upper plate 33 that opens upward is provided inside the upper bulging portion 31. Inside the lower bulging portion 32, a lower plate 34 that is also open upward is provided. The upper plate 33 has a function of temporarily storing the game balls paid out from the payout device (described later: 224) and guiding them to the game ball launching device (described later: 110) side while aligning them in a line. In addition, the lower tray 34 has a function of storing game balls that become surplus in the upper tray 33.

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, the window portion 21, the upper plate 33, and the lower plate 34 are integrated with the front door frame 14. In the conventional pachinko machine, at least the window part and the lower plate are provided as separate units, and the window part can be rotated independently with respect to the lower plate. There was a boundary between the units. In this case, an illegal act performed by inserting a fraudulent jig or the like from the boundary is assumed. In addition, a fraud suppression structure can be provided at the boundary between the units in order to suppress such fraud, but this leads to a complicated configuration. Further, it is not preferable in design that a boundary is generated in the front portion of the pachinko machine. On the other hand, as described above, since the window portion 21, the upper plate 33, and the lower plate 34 are integrated with the front door frame 14, a boundary is generated between the window portion 21 and the lower plate 34. And the above inconvenience is suppressed.

The upper bulging portion 31 is provided with a ball lending operation device 36. The ball lending operation device 36 is provided with a ball lending button 37, a return button 38, and a frequency display unit 39. With a card or the like inserted into the ball lending device Y, the ball lending operation device 36 can perform a ball lending operation, a card return operation, and confirmation of the card frequency. That is, the ball lending button 37 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is paid out as long as the remaining amount exists on the card or the like. The return button 38 is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted into the ball lending apparatus Y. The frequency display unit 39 displays remaining amount information such as a card.

The upper bulging portion 31 is further provided with an operation button 35 that can be operated by the player. The operation button 35 is operated by the player, for example, when changing the effect content of the variable display performed by the effect symbol display device (described later: 91) or changing the effect content at the time of reach.

A game ball launching handle 41, which is a characteristic part of the present invention, is provided on the right side of the lower bulging portion 32 so as to protrude to the near side. By operating the game ball launch handle 41, a game ball is launched from a game ball launch device (described later: 110).

As shown in FIGS. 2 and 4, a passage forming unit 50 is attached to the back surface of the front door frame 14. The passage forming unit 50 is formed of synthetic resin. In the passage forming unit 50, a front door side upper dish passage 51 that communicates with the upper dish 33 and a front door side lower dish passage 52 that communicates with the lower dish 34 are formed. In the passage forming unit 50, a receiving portion 53 that protrudes rearward and opens upward is formed at the upper corner. By partitioning the receiving portion 53 to the left and right by the partition wall 54, the front door side upper dish passage 51 and the entrance portion of the front door side lower dish passage 52 are formed. The upstream side of the front door side upper dish passage 51 and the front door side lower dish path 52 communicates with a game ball distribution unit (described later: 225), and the game balls that have entered the front door side upper dish passage 51 enter the upper plate 33. The game balls guided and entered the front door side lower tray passage 52 are guided to the lower tray 34.

As shown in FIG. 4, the passage forming unit 50 is provided with a full tank detection sensor 59 so as to detect a game ball passing through the front door side lower dish passage 52. The full tank detection sensor 59 is configured by a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and detects a change in the magnetic field when the game ball passes through the detection range and outputs it as an electrical signal. The full tank detection sensor 59 is not limited to a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and may be any as long as it can detect a game ball. For example, a photo sensor or a limit sensor may be used. Good.

The full tank detection sensor 59 outputs an electrical signal to the payout control device (described later: 242). Specifically, a LOW level signal is output when a game ball is not detected, and a HIGH level signal is output when a game ball is detected. Note that the present invention is not limited to this, and a high level signal may be output when a game ball is not detected, and a LOW level signal may be output when a game ball is detected. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which outputs an electrical signal only in the state which is detecting the game ball.

In the payout control device (explained later: 242), it is determined whether or not the lower tray 34 is full based on the detection result of the full tank detection sensor 59. Specifically, when the detection state of the game ball in the full tank detection sensor 59 is continued until a predetermined period elapses, it is determined that the lower plate 34 is in the full state. When it is determined by the payout control device (described later: 242) that the lower tray 34 is full, the payout of game balls by the payout device (described later: 224) is stopped. As a result, when the lower tray 34 is in a full state and game balls continue to the position of the full tank detection sensor 59 in the front door-side lower tray passage 52, payout of further game balls is stopped. The stop of the payout is canceled based on the fact that the full state of the lower plate 34 is canceled and the game ball is no longer detected by the full tank detection sensor 59. Further, when it is determined by the payout control device (explained later: 242) that the lower plate 34 is full, a corresponding notification process is executed.

Protrusion shafts 61 and 62 are provided at the upper end and the lower end of the rotating shaft side (the right side in FIG. 4) on the back surface of the front door frame 14. These projection shafts 61 and 62 constitute an assembly mechanism for the main body frame 13. Further, as shown in FIG. 2, a plurality of metal fittings 63 extending rearward are arranged in parallel in the up-down direction on the rotation turning side (left side in FIG. 4) on the back surface of the front door frame 14. These hooks 63 constitute a locking mechanism for the main body frame 13.

Next, the configuration of the main body frame 13 will be described.
FIG. 5 is a front view of the main body frame 13.

As shown in FIG. 5, the main body frame 13 is mainly composed of a resin base 71 whose outer shape is substantially the same as that of the outer frame 11.

Support metal fittings 72 and 73 are attached to the upper end portion and the lower end portion of the front surface of the resin base 71 on the rotating shaft side (left side in FIG. 5). Shaft holes (not shown) are formed in the support fittings 72 and 73, and the projection shafts 61 and 62 of the front door frame 14 are inserted into the shaft holes, whereby the front door frame 14 is inserted into the main body frame 13. Is rotatably supported.

Insertion holes 74 for inserting the metal fittings 63 provided on the back surface of the front door frame 14 are provided on the rotation turning side (the right side in FIG. 5) on the front surface of the resin base 71. The pachinko machine 10 is configured such that a locking device (described later: 131) for locking the main body frame 13 and the front door frame 14 is hidden behind the main body frame 13. Therefore, the front door frame 14 is locked to the main body frame 13 so as not to be opened by the hook metal 63 being locked to the locking device through the insertion hole 74.

A cylinder lock 75 for performing an unlocking operation of a locking device (described later: 131) is installed at the lower right corner of the resin base 71. The cylinder lock 75 is integrated with the locking device. When the key inserted into the keyhole of the cylinder lock 75 is turned to the right, the front door frame 14 is unlocked from the main body frame 13. On the other hand, when the key inserted into the key hole of the cylinder lock 75 is turned counterclockwise, the lock of the main body frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11 is released.

As shown in FIGS. 2 and 5, a front door frame opening switch 78 for detecting whether the front door frame 14 is opened (or closed) is provided on the upper portion of the resin base 71. ing. The front door frame opening switch 78 has a pin that can be projected and retracted from the front surface of the resin base 71. When the front door frame 14 is closed with respect to the main body frame 13, the pin is pushed in to detect the closing of the front door frame 14. When the front door frame 14 is opened with respect to the main body frame 13, the pin protrudes. Returning to the position, the opening of the front door frame 14 is detected.

The front door frame opening switch 78 outputs a front door frame opening signal to the main controller (described later: 162) when the front door frame 14 is in an open state, and when the front door frame 14 is in a closed state. The output of the front door frame opening signal is stopped. Specifically, a LOW level signal is output when the front door frame 14 is open, and a HIGH level signal is output when the front door frame 14 is closed. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a high level signal is output when the front door frame 14 is open, and a LOW level signal is output when the front door frame 14 is closed. Also good. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which outputs an electrical signal only in the state in which the front door frame 14 is open | released.

A substantially elliptical window hole 76 is formed at the center of the resin base 71. As shown in FIG. 2, a game board 81 is detachably attached to the resin base 71. The game board 81 is made of plywood, and the game area formed on the front surface of the game board 81 is exposed to the front surface side of the main body frame 13 through the window hole 76 of the resin base 71.

As shown in FIG. 5, the game ball launcher 110 is attached below the window hole 76 in the resin base 71. The game ball launcher 110 includes an electromagnetic solenoid 111, a launch rail 112, a ball feed mechanism 113, a touch sensor (not shown) that detects contact with the game ball launch handle 41, and a launch stop switch (described later: 620). The output shaft of the solenoid 111 moves in the expansion / contraction direction by the input of an electrical signal to the solenoid 111, and the game ball placed on the firing rail 112 is launched toward the game area by the ball feed mechanism 113. .

There is a predetermined gap between the firing rail 112 and the rails 101 and 102 attached to the game board 81, and below this gap is a foul ball path formed in the path forming unit 50 of the front door frame 14. 55 (FIGS. 2 and 4) are provided. Therefore, if the game ball launched from the game ball launching device 110 does not reach the upper part of the game area and returns to the guide rail constituted by the rails 101 and 102, the foul ball is in the foul ball passage 55. to go into. The foul ball passage 55 communicates with the front door side lower tray passage 52, and the game balls that have entered the foul ball passage 55 are discharged to the lower tray 34.

In the resin base 71, a passage forming portion 121 is provided on the left side of the firing rail 112 through the resin base 71 in the front-rear direction. In the passage forming portion 121, a main body side upper dish path 122 (FIG. 6) and a main body side lower dish path 123 (FIG. 6) are formed. The upstream side of the main body side upper dish passage 122 and the main body side lower dish passage 123 communicates with the game ball distribution unit 225. Further, below the passage forming portion 121, the receiving portion 53 of the passage forming unit 50 attached to the front door frame 14 enters. A front door side upper dish path 51 is disposed below the main body side upper dish path 122, and a front door side lower dish path 52 is disposed below the main body side lower dish path 123.

In the resin base 71, an opening / closing member 124 for opening and closing the main body side upper dish path 122 and the main body side lower dish path 123 is attached below the passage forming portion 121. The opening / closing member 124 is supported by a support shaft 125 provided at the lower end thereof so as to be pivotable in the front-rear direction, and further biased to a front position where the main body side upper dish passage 122 and the main body side lower dish path 123 are closed. An urging member (not shown) is provided. Therefore, in a state where the front door frame 14 is opened with respect to the main body frame 13, the opening / closing member 124 rises as shown in the figure and closes the main body side upper dish passage 122 and the main body side lower dish path 123. Thereby, when the front door frame 14 is opened in a state where the game balls are stored in the main body side upper tray passage 122 or the main body side lower tray passage 123, it is possible to prevent the stored balls from spilling out. On the other hand, when the front door frame 14 is closed, the opening / closing member 124 is pushed open against the biasing force by the receiving portion 53 provided in the passage forming unit 50 of the front door frame 14. In this state, the main body side upper dish path 122 and the front door side upper dish path 51 communicate with each other, and the main body side lower dish path 123 and the front door side lower dish path 52 communicate with each other.

Next, the configuration of the back surface of the main body frame 13 will be described.
FIG. 6 is a rear view of the main body frame 13.

A locking device 131 is provided on the rotation turning side (left side in FIG. 6) on the back surface of the resin base 71. The locking device 131 interlocks with the key operation on the cylinder lock 75 and unlocks the main body frame 13 and the front door frame 14.

A bearing fitting 132 is attached to the rotating shaft side (the right side in FIG. 6) on the back surface of the resin base 71. A bearing portion 133 is formed on the bearing bracket 132 so as to be separated from each other in the vertical direction, and the back pack unit 15 is rotatably attached to the main body frame 13 by these bearing portions 133.

A fastening hole 134 for fastening the back pack unit 15 to the main body frame 13 is provided on the back surface of the resin base 71. A plurality of locking fittings 135 are further provided on the back surface of the resin base 71, and the game board 81 is attached to the resin base 71 by these locking fittings 135.

Next, the configuration of the back surface of the game board 81 will be described.
FIG. 7 is a perspective view of the game board 81 as seen from the rear.
FIG. 8 is a rear view showing a state in which the main controller unit 160 is removed from the game board 81.

As shown in FIG. 7, the variable display unit 86 disposed in the center of the game board 81 is provided with a frame cover 141 made of a synthetic resin that covers the center frame (described later: 92) from the back so as to protrude rearward. Yes. An effect symbol display device (described later: 91) is attached to the frame cover 141 from the rear side, and a display control device (described later: 302) for driving the effect symbol display device is attached. The effect symbol display device and the display control device are arranged so as to overlap in the front-rear direction (the effect symbol display device is the front and the display control device is the rear), and the sound lamp control device unit 142 is further mounted behind the effect symbol display device. The sound lamp control device unit 142 includes a sound lamp control device 143 and a mounting base 144. An audio lamp control device 143 is attached to the mounting base 144.

The sound lamp control device 143 includes a sound lamp control board that controls sound and lamp display and a display control device (described later: 302) under the control of a main control device (described later: 162). The sound lamp control board is accommodated in a board box 145 made of a transparent resin material or the like.

As shown in FIG. 8, a collective board unit 150 is provided below the variable display unit 86 on the back surface of the game board 81. The collective board unit 150 is provided with a game ball collecting mechanism for collecting game balls won in various winning ports and a winning detection mechanism for detecting winning of the game balls in various winning ports.

The game ball collecting mechanism will be described. The collecting plate unit 150 is formed with a collecting passage 151 that collects at one place on the downstream side corresponding to the game board openings of various winning ports. Accordingly, all of the game balls that have won the various winning openings are gathered below the game board 81 through the collection passage 151. Below the game board 81, a discharge passage (described later: 231) is provided. The game balls gathered below the game board 81 through the collection passage 151 are led out into the discharge passage. In addition, the out port (described later: 87) also leads to the discharge passage, and the game balls that have not won any winning port are led out into the discharge passage through the out port.

The winning combination detection mechanism will be described. The collective board unit 150 is provided with winning opening sensors 152a to 152c at positions corresponding to various winning openings on the front side of the game board 81. In addition, a count sensor 153 is provided at a position corresponding to the variable winning device (described later: 83), a starting winning port sensor 154a is provided at a position corresponding to the starting winning port (described later: 84a), and a start winning port (described later: 84b) is provided with a start winning opening sensor 154b. Further, on the right side of the variable display unit 86 outside the collective board unit 150, a gate sensor 155 for detecting a game ball passing through a through gate (described later: 85) is provided. A winning of a game ball is detected by the sensors 152 to 155 as the ball detection sensors. These sensors 152 to 155 output electrical signals to the main control device (described later: 162). Specifically, when a game ball is not detected, a HIGH level signal is output, and when a game ball is detected, a LOW level signal is output. Note that the present invention is not limited to this, and a configuration may be adopted in which a LOW level signal is output when a game ball is not detected, and a HIGH level signal is output when a game ball is detected. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which outputs an electrical signal only in the state which is detecting the game ball.

As shown in FIG. 7, a main controller unit 160 is mounted on the back of the game board 81 so as to cover the collective board unit 150 from the rear side.

Next, the configuration of the main controller unit 160 will be described.
FIG. 9 is a perspective view of the main controller unit 160.

As shown in FIG. 9, the main controller unit 160 includes a synthetic resin mounting base 161. A main controller 162 is mounted on the mounting base 161. The main controller 162 has a main control board that performs main control of the game. The main control board is accommodated in a board box 163 made of a transparent resin material or the like.

The board box 163 includes a substantially rectangular parallelepiped box base (front case body) and a box cover (back case body) that covers an opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other so as not to be opened by a sealing portion 164 as sealing means. Thereby, the substrate box 163 is sealed.

Five sealing portions 164 are provided on the long side portion of the substrate box 163, and at least one of them is used for sealing processing. Any configuration can be applied to the sealing portion 164 as long as the box base and the box cover are coupled so as not to be opened, but the box base and the box can be inserted by inserting a locking claw into the long hole constituting the sealing portion 164. The cover and the cover cannot be opened. The sealing process by the sealing unit 164 prevents unauthorized opening after the sealing, and makes it possible to detect such a situation quickly and easily even if unauthorized opening is performed. Even after opening, the sealing process can be performed again. That is, the sealing process is performed by inserting a locking claw into at least one of the five sealing portions 164. When opening the board box 163, such as when a failure occurs in the housed main control board or when inspecting the main control board, the connecting part between the sealing part in which the locking claw is inserted and the other sealing part is provided. Disconnect. As a result, the box base and the box cover of the substrate box 163 are separated, and the internal main control substrate can be taken out. Then, when sealing again, a latching claw is inserted in the long hole of another sealing part. If the history of opening the substrate box 163 is left in the substrate box 163, it can be easily found that the unauthorized opening has been performed by looking at the substrate box 163.

A plurality of coupling pieces 165 are provided on one short side of the substrate box 163 so as to protrude laterally. These coupling pieces 165 have a one-to-one correspondence with the plurality of coupled pieces 166 formed on the mounting table 161, and the coupling pieces 165 and the coupled pieces 166 provide a space between the board box 163 and the mounting table 161. Sealing is performed.

Next, the configuration of the back pack unit 15 will be described.
FIG. 10 is a front view of the back pack unit 15.
FIG. 11 is an exploded perspective view of the back pack unit 15.

As shown in FIGS. 10 and 11, the back pack unit 15 includes a back pack 201.

The back pack 201 is formed of a synthetic resin having transparency, and includes a base portion 211 to which the payout mechanism portion 202 and the like are attached, and a protective cover portion 212 that protrudes rearward from the pachinko machine 10 and has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape. Configured.

The protective cover portion 212 has a shape in which the left and right side surfaces and the upper surface are closed and only the lower surface is opened, and has a size sufficient to surround at least the variable display unit 86.

The base portion 211 is provided with an external terminal plate 213 at the upper right portion thereof. The external terminal board 213 is provided with various output terminals, and various signals are output to the management control device on the game hall side through these output terminals.

The base portion 211 is provided with a main body frame opening switch 217 that detects whether or not the main body frame 13 is opened (or closed) outside the external terminal plate 213. In a state where the main body frame 13 is closed with respect to the outer frame 11, the metal contact of the main body frame opening switch 217 is closed and the closing of the main body frame 13 is detected, and in a state where the main body frame 13 is opened with respect to the outer frame 11, The metal contact is opened and the opening of the main body frame 13 is detected.

The body frame opening switch 217 outputs a body frame opening signal to the main controller 162 when the body frame 13 is open, and outputs a body frame opening signal when the body frame 13 is closed. Stop. Specifically, a LOW level signal is output when the main body frame 13 is open, and a HIGH level signal is output when the main body frame 13 is closed. The present invention is not limited to this, and a high level signal may be output when the main body frame 13 is open, and a low level signal may be output when the main body frame 13 is closed. . Moreover, it is good also as a structure which outputs an electrical signal only in the state in which the main body frame 13 is open | released.

The base portion 211 is further provided with a pair of upper and lower latch pins 214 at the right end when viewed from the rear of the pachinko machine 10. The back pack unit 15 is rotatably supported with respect to the main body frame 13 by inserting the latch pin 214 through the bearing portion 133 provided in the main body frame 13. Further, the base portion 211 is provided with a fastener 215 for fastening with respect to a fastening hole 134 provided in the main body frame 13. The back pack unit 15 is fixed to the main body frame 13 by fitting the fasteners 215 into the fastening holes 134.

The base portion 211 is further provided with a payout mechanism portion 202 so as to bypass the protective cover portion 212. That is, a tank 221 that opens upward is provided at the top of the back pack 201. The game balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall are sequentially supplied to the tank 221. Below the tank 221, a tank rail 222 that is gently inclined toward the downstream side is connected. A case rail 223 extending in the vertical direction is connected to the downstream side of the tank rail 222. A payout device 224 is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 223.

As shown in FIG. 10, the case rail 223 is provided with a ball non-detection sensor 223a so as to detect a game ball connected from the tank 221 to the payout device 224 through a passage in the case rail 223. The ball non-detection sensor 223a is configured by a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and detects a change in the magnetic field when the game ball passes through the detection range and outputs it as an electrical signal. The ball non-detection sensor 223a is not limited to a magnetic detection type proximity sensor, and may be any as long as it can detect a game ball. For example, a photo sensor or a limit sensor may be used. Good.

The ball non-detection sensor 223a outputs an electrical signal to the payout control device 242. Specifically, a LOW level signal is output when a game ball is not detected, and a HIGH level signal is output when a game ball is detected. Note that the present invention is not limited to this, and a high level signal may be output when a game ball is not detected, and a LOW level signal may be output when a game ball is detected. Moreover, it is good also as a structure which outputs an electrical signal only in the state which is detecting the game ball.

The payout control device 242 determines whether or not the tank 221 is in a no-ball state based on the detection result of the no-ball detection sensor 223a. Specifically, when the non-detection state of the game ball in the ball non-detection sensor 223a is continued until a predetermined period elapses, it is determined that the tank 221 is in the no-ball state. When it is determined by the payout control device 242 that the tank 221 is in the absence of a ball, the payout of the game ball by the payout device 224 is stopped. This prevents the dispensing device 224 from continuing to operate even though the tank 221 is in the absence of a ball. The stop of the payout operation is canceled when the ball 221 in the tank 221 is released and the game ball is detected by the ball non-detection sensor 223a. Further, when it is determined in the dispensing control device 242 that the tank 221 is in the absence of a ball, a notification process corresponding to that is executed. In addition, when a ball clogging occurs in the tank 221 and the game ball does not flow to the payout device 224 side, it is determined that there is no ball.

The case rail 223 is provided with a ball removal switch 223b as shown in FIGS. For example, when the game balls stored in the tank 221 are discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 10, the ball removal switch 223b is pressed when all the game balls on the case rail 223 are discharged, and the case rail 223 and the downstream side thereof are The stored game balls can be discharged. Note that the installation location of the ball removal switch 223b is not limited to the case rail 223, and may be installed, for example, in the payout control device 242.

In the payout device 224, game balls are paid out. The paid-out game balls are detected by a pay-out ball detection sensor 258 provided in a passage on the exit side. Then, it is supplied to the game ball distribution unit 225 provided in the base part 211 through a payout passage (not shown) provided on the downstream side of the payout device 224.

The game ball distribution unit 225 has a function for distributing the game balls paid out from the payout device 224 to any one of the upper plate 33, the lower plate 34, and the discharge passage 231. The inner opening 226 communicates with the upper plate 33 through the main body side upper plate passage 122 (FIG. 6) and the front door side upper plate passage 51, and the central opening 227 forms the main body side lower plate passage 123 (FIG. 6) and The outer opening 228 is formed so as to communicate with the discharge passage 231 through the front door-side lower dish passage 52.

A backpack substrate 229 is installed in the dispensing mechanism unit 202. The back pack substrate 229 is supplied with, for example, a main power of 24 volts AC and is turned on or off by a switching operation of the power switch 229a.

A discharge passage board 203 and a control device assembly unit 204 are attached to the lower end portion of the base portion 211 so as to sandwich the lower end portion in the front-rear direction.

The discharge passage board 203 is formed with a discharge passage 231 opened rearward on the surface facing the control device assembly unit 204. The open portion of the discharge passage 231 is blocked by the control device assembly unit 204. The discharge passage 231 is formed so as to discharge game balls to an island facility of the game hall. The game balls led out to the discharge passage 231 from the collection passage 151 and the like are discharged outside the pachinko machine 10 through the discharge passage 231.

The control device assembly unit 204 is configured to have a horizontally long mounting base 241. On the mounting base 241, a payout control device 242, a power source and launch control device 243, and a ball rental connection terminal plate 249 are mounted. The payout control device 242, the power and launch control device 243, and the ball lending connection terminal plate 249 have the payout control device 242 and the ball lend connection terminal plate 249 behind the pachinko machine 10, and the power supply and launch control device 243 as the pachinko machine. 10 are placed one on top of the other so as to be in front of 10.

The payout control device 242 includes a payout control board that controls the payout device 224. The payout control board is accommodated in a colorless and transparent board box 244. The payout command signal from the payout control device 242 to the payout device 224 is relayed by the back pack substrate 229. In addition, the payout control device 242 is provided with a state return switch 245. For example, when the state return switch 245 is pressed when a payout error occurs, such as a ball jam in the payout device 224, the ball jam is eliminated. A 7-segment display 242a is mounted on the payout control board. By opening the main body frame 13 with respect to the outer frame 11, the display content of the 7-segment display 242a can be visually recognized through the substrate box 244.

The power source and launch control device 243 includes a power source and launch control board that generates predetermined power required by various control devices and the like, and controls the launch of the game ball in accordance with the operation of the game ball launch handle 41. Has been. The power supply and launch control board is housed in a board box 246.

The power supply and launch control device 243 is provided with a RAM (Random Access Memory) erase switch 247. The pachinko machine 10 has a function for storing various data, and even if a power failure occurs, the pachinko machine 10 can maintain the state at the time of the power failure, and can return to the state at the time of the power failure when returning from the power failure. ing. Therefore, for example, if the power is turned off in the normal procedure as in the case of the game hall being closed, the state before the turn-off is stored and held, but if the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch 247, the data in the RAM is saved. It is supposed to be initialized.

The ball lending connection terminal plate 249 is electrically connected to the ball lending device Y, the payout control device 242 and the ball lending operation device 36, and mainly takes in a command for a ball lending operation by a player and supplies it to the payout control device 242. Output.

Next, the configuration of the game board 81 will be described.
FIG. 12 is a front view of the game board 81.

As shown in FIG. 12, the game board 81 includes a wooden base plate 81a cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front, a large number of nails 88 for guiding a game ball, windmills, rails 101 and 102, a general winning opening 82, The variable winning device 83, the starting winning port 84a, the starting winning port 84b, the variable display unit 86, and the like are assembled. And the peripheral part of the game board 81 is attached to the back surface side of the main body frame 13. FIG. The general winning port 82, the variable winning device 83, the starting winning port 84a, the starting winning port 84b, and the variable display unit 86 are provided in a through hole formed in the base plate 81a by router processing. It is fixed by etc. The front center portion of the game board 81 can be viewed from the front side of the front door frame 14 through the window portion 21.

On the front surface of the game board 81, an inner rail 101 formed by bending a belt-like metal plate into a substantially arc shape is provided. Similarly, an outer rail 102 formed by bending a band-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is provided on the outer side of the inner rail 101. The inner rail 101 and the outer rail 102 are arranged with an interval through which a game ball can pass. Between the lower right tip of the inner rail 101 and the upper right tip of the outer rail 102, a resin arc member 103 formed by providing an arc on the inner surface side is provided. The arc member 103 is fixed by being driven into the base plate 81a. The outer periphery of the front surface of the game board 81 is surrounded by the rails 101 and 102 and the arc member 103, and the front and rear are surrounded by the base plate 81a and the glass 22, whereby a game is played on the front surface of the game board 81 due to the behavior of the game ball. A game area is formed. The game area is a substantially circular area formed on the front surface of the game board 81 and defined by the rails 101 and 102 and the arc member 103.

The rails 101 and 102 are for guiding the game balls launched from the game ball launching device 110 to the upper part of the game board 81. A return ball preventing member 104 is attached to the front end of the inner rail 101 to prevent the game ball once guided to the upper part of the game board 81 from reversing the guide rail constituted by the rails 101 and 102. can do. A return rubber 105 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 102 at a position corresponding to the maximum flying portion of the game ball, and the game ball launched at a predetermined momentum or more hits the return rubber 105, and the game area is reduced while the momentum is attenuated. Is bounced back to the center.

A special symbol display device 93 is provided in the upper right part of the game area. The special symbol display device 93 is displayed under the control of the main control device 162. The special symbol display device 93 mainly displays the change in the effect symbol and the result thereof, and the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. The special symbol display device 93 is provided with a plurality of LEDs 93a which are light emitting means and a 7-segment display 93b.

The LED 93a indicates the current gaming state of the pachinko machine 10 by a lighting state, indicates whether or not the production symbol is fluctuating by a lighting state, and indicates whether the stop symbol is a jackpot symbol or an off symbol depending on the lighting state. Or the number of reserved balls is indicated by the lighting state. The LEDs 93a are configured so that the emission colors (for example, red, green, and blue) of the respective LEDs are different, and various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 can be notified with a small number of LEDs depending on the combination of the emission colors. .

The 7-segment display 93b is for displaying the number of rounds in a big hit and an error display.

A variable display unit 86 is provided at the center of the game area. The variable display unit 86 is provided with an effect symbol display device 91 composed of an LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) and a normal symbol display device 94 composed of LEDs. The variable display unit 86 is provided with a center frame 92 so as to surround the outer periphery of the effect symbol display device 91.

The effect symbol display device 91 variably displays the effect symbol in response to winning in the start winning opening 84a or winning in the starting winning opening 84b. On the effect symbol display device 91, three symbol rows of left, middle and right are displayed side by side in the horizontal direction. Each symbol sequence is composed of a plurality of effect symbols, and these effect symbols are scrolled vertically for each symbol column, so that variable display is performed. The effect symbol display device 91 is configured by a variable display device such as a CRT (Cathode Ray Tube) display, a 7-segment LED, a dot matrix display device, and a drum that variably displays by rotation of a motor, instead of the LCD. Also good.

When a game ball wins the start winning opening 84a while the effect symbol is changing on the effect symbol display device 91, the maximum number of winnings is held four times. The number of reserved balls is displayed on the special symbol display device 93 and also displayed on the reserved lamp 95a. Four hold lamps 95a are provided for the maximum number of holds, and are provided at the lower left of the effect symbol display device 91.

If the game ball wins the start winning opening 84b while the effect symbol is changing on the effect symbol display device 91, the maximum number of winnings is held four times. The number of held balls is displayed on the special symbol display device 93 and also lit on the holding lamp 95b. Four hold lamps 95b corresponding to the maximum number of holds are provided, and are provided on the lower right side of the effect symbol display device 91.

The normal symbol display device 94 variably displays the normal symbol when the through gate 85 passes. The normal symbol display device 94 includes a normal symbol display unit 94 a and a holding lamp 96. In the normal symbol display device 94, the display unit 94 a performs variable display by alternately lighting the “O” normal symbol and the “X” normal symbol.

If the game ball passes through the through gate 85 while the normal symbol is changing on the normal symbol display device 94, the number of passes is suspended up to four times. The number of balls on hold is displayed on the special symbol display device 93 and also lit on the hold lamp 96. Four hold lamps 96 are provided corresponding to the maximum number of holds, and are provided symmetrically above the effect symbol display device 91.

Below the variable display unit 86, a start winning opening 84a through which a game ball can be won is provided. When a game ball wins at the start winning opening 84a, the start winning opening sensor 154a is turned on, and the main control device 162 performs a lottery lottery in response to this. Further, when a game ball wins at the start winning opening 84a, five game balls are paid out as prize balls.

Below the start winning opening 84a, a starting winning opening 84b through which a game ball can be won is provided. Movable pieces (electric tulips) are provided on both sides of the start winning opening 84b. When the normal symbol is stopped and displayed with a predetermined symbol (for example, a symbol “◯”), the movable piece is opened for a predetermined time, and it becomes easy to win the start winning opening 84b. When a game ball wins the start winning opening 84b, the start winning opening sensor 154b is turned on, and the main controller 162 is used to win a lottery. Further, when a game ball wins at the start winning opening 84b, five game balls are paid out as prize balls.

A variable winning device 83 is provided below the start winning port 84b. A laterally long rectangular large winning opening 83a is provided at a substantially central portion of the variable winning device 83. As a result of the jackpot lottery, if the jackpot is won, after a predetermined time (fluctuation time) has elapsed, the LED 93a is turned on to indicate that it is a jackpot, and the jackpot symbol is stopped and displayed on the production symbol display device 91. Is reported. After that, a big hit occurs. When a big win is reached, the special winning opening 83a that is normally closed is opened until a predetermined condition is satisfied (for example, 29 [s] elapses or nine game balls are won). When a game ball wins the big prize opening 83a, 15 game balls are paid out as a prize ball.

The special prize opening 83a is closed when a predetermined condition is established, and after the closure, the special prize opening 83a is opened again until the predetermined condition is established. The opening / closing operation of the big prize opening 83a can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds), for example. Therefore, during the big hit, a larger amount of prize balls are paid out to the player than usual.

Specifically, the variable winning device 83 includes a horizontally-long rectangular opening and closing plate that covers the large winning opening 83a, and a solenoid for opening and closing the front side with the lower side of the opening and closing plate as an axis. Yes. Normally, the big winning opening 83a is in a closed state in which a game ball cannot win or is difficult to win. On the other hand, at the time of a big hit, the solenoid is driven to tilt the opening / closing plate to the lower front side, and an open state in which the game ball is likely to win the big winning opening 83a is temporarily formed. It operates so as to repeat the above state alternately.

In addition, a plurality of general winning ports 82 through which game balls can be won are provided on both the left and right sides of the start winning port 84a. When game balls win the general winning opening 82, 5 to 15 game balls are paid out as prize balls.

Further, an out port 87 is provided at the bottom of the game area. The game balls that have not won any of the winning openings 82, 83 a, 84 a, 84 b are led out to the discharge passage 231 through the out opening 87.

Adhesive spaces K1 and K2 for adhering certificate papers, identification labels, and the like are provided at the left and right corners on the lower side of the game board 81. It can be visually recognized through 14 small windows.

Next, the configuration of the control system of the pachinko machine 10 will be described.
FIG. 13 is a block diagram showing the configuration of the control system 300.

As shown in FIG. 13, the control system 300 includes a main control device 162, a payout control device 242, an audio lamp control device 143, a display control device 302 that performs display control of the effect symbol display device 91, a power source and a launch. And a control device 243.

The main control unit 162 includes an MPU (Micro Processing Unit) 310 that is a one-chip type microprocessor such as a DIP (Dual Inline Package), an input port 316 for inputting data from the outside of the main control unit 162, and the main control unit 162 and an output port 318 for outputting data to the outside. The MPU 310, the input port 316 and the output port 318 are connected to each other via the bus 320.

The MPU 310 includes a ROM (Read Only Memory) 312 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 310 and fixed value data, a RAM 314 that functions as a work area for storing various data when the control program is executed, It has various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit.

The RAM 314 has a stack area for storing the contents of the internal register of the MPU 310, a return address of a control program executed by the MPU 310, and a work area for storing values such as various flags, counters, and I / Os (work Region). The RAM 314 is configured to hold (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply and launch control device 243 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all data stored in the RAM 314 is backed up. .

When the power is shut down (including when the power is shut down due to the occurrence of a power failure; hereinafter the same), values such as I / O are stored in the RAM 314. On the other hand, when the power is turned on (including when the power is turned on due to power failure cancellation, the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power is turned off based on the information stored in the RAM 314. Writing to the RAM 314 is executed when the power is shut off by the main process, and restoration of each value written to the RAM 314 is executed in a start-up process when the power is turned on. The NMI (Non Maskable Interrupt) terminal of the MPU 310 is configured to receive a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 243c when the power is shut down. As the time process, an NMI interrupt process is executed.

In the input port 316, winning port sensors 152a to 152c, a count sensor 153, a starting winning port sensor 154a, a starting winning port sensor 154b, a gate sensor 155, a launch control unit 243b, a RAM erase switch circuit 243d, The payout control device 242 and the like are connected.

The output port 318 includes a payout control device 242, an audio lamp control device 143, a special symbol display device 93, a normal symbol display device 94, an external terminal board 213, a launch control unit 243 b, and a variable winning device 83. Solenoid, etc. are connected. The MPU 310 transmits various commands for performing the effect control of the game to the sound lamp control device 143 and various commands for performing the payout control of the game ball to the payout control device 242 via the output port 318. . The communication with the sound lamp control device 143 is one-way from the main control device 162 to the sound lamp control device 143. On the other hand, communication with the payout control device 242 is bidirectional.

The payout control device 242 is connected to a main control device 162, a payout device 224, a ball lending connection terminal plate 249, and a ball non-detection sensor 223a. Further, the ball lending device Y is connected to the ball lending connection terminal plate 249.

A main control device 162, a sound output device 362, a lamp display device 364, a display control device 302, and an operation button 35 are connected to the sound lamp control device 143. Furthermore, an effect symbol display device 91 is connected to the display control device 302.

The power supply and launch control device 243 includes a power supply unit 243a that supplies power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a launch control unit 243b that controls the launch of the game ball, a power failure monitoring circuit 243c that monitors power shutdown due to a power failure, The RAM erase switch circuit 243d is connected to the RAM erase switch 247.

The power supply unit 243a is connected to, for example, a commercial power supply (external power supply) in a game hall via a transformer. Then, based on the external power supplied from the transformer, a necessary operating voltage is supplied to each of the control devices 162, 242, 143, 302 and the like. As its outline, the power supply unit 243a takes in the AC 24 volt power supplied from the transformer, drives the various switches, solenoids, motors, etc., 12 volt voltage, logic 5 volt voltage, RAM A backup voltage or the like for backup is generated, and the 12 volt voltage, the 5 volt voltage, and the backup voltage are supplied to the control devices 162, 242, 143, 302 and the like.

The game ball launcher 110 is connected to the launch controller 243b. When the main controller 162 instructs the launch control unit 243b to launch the game ball, the launch control unit 243b sets the game ball launch device 110 so that the game ball is launched with a launch intensity corresponding to the amount of rotation of the game ball launch handle 41. Control. Specifically, when a player touches the game ball launch handle 41 with a touch sensor and a launch stop switch (620: described later) for stopping the launch is not operated, the game ball launch is performed. The solenoid 111 is excited in accordance with the amount of rotation of the handle 41, and a game ball is launched with a firing intensity corresponding to the amount of rotation of the game ball launch handle 41.

The power failure monitoring circuit 243c is a circuit that outputs a power failure signal SG1 when the power is shut off. The power failure monitoring circuit 243c monitors the DC stable voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 243a, and determines that a power failure (power shutdown) occurs when this voltage is less than 22 volts. Power failure signal SG1 is output to control device 162 and payout control device 242. Based on the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 162 and the payout controller 242 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. The power supply unit 243a has a voltage of 5 volts, which is the drive voltage of the control system 300, for a time sufficient to execute the NMI interrupt processing even after the DC stable voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. It is configured to maintain the output at a normal value. Therefore, main controller 162 and payout controller 242 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process.

The RAM erase switch circuit 243d is a circuit that outputs a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing backup data to the main controller 162 and the payout controller 242 when the RAM erase switch 247 is pressed. The main controller 162 and the payout controller 242 clear the respective backup data when the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the power is turned on.

FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a configuration of the game ball launch handle 41. FIG. 14A is a bottom view of the game ball launch handle 41. FIG. 14B is a front view of the game ball launch handle 41.

FIG. 15 is an exploded perspective view of the game ball launch handle 41.
The front face of the game ball launching handle 41 is disposed toward the front face of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG. 14A, FIG. 14B, and FIG. 15, the game ball launch handle 41 includes a handle base 460, a handle ring 430, and a front cover 450.

The handle base 460 includes a storage container 461 and a support portion 462 fixed to the back surface of the storage container 461. The back side of the support portion 462 is fixed to the pachinko machine 10.

In addition, a firing stop switch operation unit 440 is attached to the handle base 460. The firing stop switch operation unit 440 is a lever for switching ON / OFF of a firing stop switch (described later: 620) provided in the handle base 460. The player can stop the firing of the game ball by pressing the firing stop switch operation unit 440 regardless of the angular position of the handle ring 430.

The handle ring 430 is rotatably attached to the front surface of the storage container 461. The player can increase the firing strength of the game ball by rotating the handle ring 430 in the clockwise direction R (FIG. 14B). The handle ring 430 is provided with three finger-hanging portions 430a, 430b, and 430c for the player to put on their fingers.

The front cover 450 is attached to the front surface of the handle ring 430. The front cover 450 has a hemispherical shape that protrudes forward.

Next, the configuration of the front cover 450 will be described.
FIG. 16 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA ′ in FIG.
FIG. 17 is an exploded perspective view of the front cover 450 as viewed from the front.
FIG. 18 is an exploded perspective view of the front cover 450 as seen from the rear.

As shown in FIGS. 16 to 18, the front cover 450 includes a front cover base 500, a button 520, and a button cover 540.

A tip of the swing arm 522 on the turning side is attached to the upper back of the button 520. The swing arm 522 is fixed to the button 520 with a screw. On the other hand, a bearing portion 504 is formed on the front upper portion of the front cover base 500. A shaft 522 a of the swing arm 522 is supported by a bearing portion 504. Accordingly, the button 520 can swing in the front-rear direction with the upper end portion as an axis with respect to the front cover base 500, and the player can press the button 520 backward. Further, since the button 520 has a hemispherical shape that protrudes forward, a downward force is applied to the button 520 due to a downward load on the button 520, and the button 520 can be pressed backward.

Thus, since the button 520 is disposed in front of the player from the handle ring 430, the player can press the button 520 with the palm. Therefore, the operation of the button 520 is facilitated. Further, the button 520 can swing in the direction of the force applied to the game ball launch handle 41 (the direction from the upper front to the lower rear) while the player rotates the handle ring 430 to a certain angular position. Therefore, the button 520 can be operated by effectively using the force held by the player with his / her hand. Therefore, the operation of the button 520 is further facilitated.

The angular position of the handle ring 430 to which a force is suitably applied to the button 520 is, for example, opposite to the direction of the contact surface in the normal direction of the surface (contact surface) with which the finger of the finger hooks 430b and 430c contacts. The position where the direction (hereinafter referred to as the contact surface facing direction of the finger hooks 430b and 430c) and the direction directly below the swing arm 522 (hereinafter referred to as the direction outside the swing radial direction of the button 520) coincides. Conceivable. In other words, when the contact surface facing direction of the finger hooks 430b and 430c and the direction of the button 520 on the outer side in the swinging radial direction coincide with each other, a force is easily applied to the button 520 from the upper front to the lower rear. Therefore, the button 520 can be operated by effectively using the force held by the player with his hand. When a game ball is launched to the right of the game area, the direction opposite to the direction of the contact surface (hereinafter referred to as finger contact portion 430a) of the normal direction of the surface (contact surface) with which the finger contact portion 430a contacts. The angular position of the handle ring 430 may be adjusted so that the contact surface facing direction) matches the outer side of the button 520 in the rocking radial direction. Also in this case, since a force is easily applied to the button 520 in the direction from the upper front to the lower rear, the button 520 can be operated by effectively using the force pressed by the player.

An opening 502 that penetrates in the front-rear direction is formed in the lower portion of the front cover base 500. A protrusion 524 is formed at a position facing the opening 502 of the button 520.

On the other hand, a locking member 506 is attached to the rear surface of the front cover base 500 such that one end thereof faces the opening 502 and the other end faces the inner front surface 436 of the handle ring 430. The locking member 506 is fixed to the front cover base 500 with two screws. When the button 520 is pressed, one end of the locking member 506 comes into contact with the projection 524 and the other end presses the inner front surface 436 of the handle ring 430 backward to lock the handle ring 430. Thereby, since it is only necessary to provide the front cover base 500, the opening 502, the protrusion 524, and the locking member 506, the configuration is simplified and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

In addition, the locking member 506 has a leaf spring shape that generates a biasing force that causes the other end portion to return to a position where the other end portion does not contact the inner front surface 436 of the handle ring 430 when not in contact with the protruding portion 524. Thereby, when the projection part 524 is not in contact, the possibility that the turning operation of the handle ring 430 is hindered by the locking member 506 can be reduced.

The button cover 540 has a hemispherical shape that protrudes forward to cover the front cover base 500 and the button 520. In the center of the button cover 540, an opening 542 that exposes the front surface of the button 520 is formed.

Engagement holes 544a and 544b for engaging the claw members 508a and 508b are formed in the upper side and the lower side of the button cover 540, respectively. Further, a through hole 510a that penetrates the claw member 508a is penetrated at a position facing the engagement hole 544a of the front cover base 500, and a claw member 508b is penetrated at a position opposed to the engagement hole 544b of the locking member 506. Through-holes 510b are formed.

The button cover 540 covers the front cover base 500 and the button 520, and the claw members 508a and 508b are attached to the front cover base 500 by passing through the through holes 510a and 510b and engaging with the engagement holes 544a and 544b. . The claw members 508a and 508b are fixed to the front cover base 500 with screws.

Next, the configuration of the handle ring 430 will be described.
FIG. 19 is a front view of the game ball launch handle 41 with the front cover 450 removed.

FIG. 19 shows the handle ring 430. The handle ring 430 has a disk shape that covers the front surface of the storage container 461. Further, the handle ring 430 includes guide holes 431a and 431b provided at the periphery, a shaft hole 433 provided in the center, screw holes 432a and 432b provided around the shaft hole 433, and a spring stopper projection 434. It is comprised. In FIG. 19, the holes 431a, 431b, and 433 are hatched. The two guide holes 431a and 431b each have an arc shape along the outer edge of the handle ring 430, and are formed at positions facing each other across the shaft hole 433.

Further, in FIG. 19, the columns 631a, 631b, 631c, and 634 are shown in black. All the columns 631a, 631b, 631c, and 634 extend from the back surface of the storage container 461 toward the front surface. A guide column 631a is inserted into the guide hole 431a. Similarly, guide struts 631b and 631c and a spring stopper strut 634 are inserted into the guide hole 431b. The guide columns 631a, 631b, 631c are guided in the guide holes 431a, 431b as the handle ring 430 rotates. The range in which the handle ring 430 can rotate is limited to a range in which the guide columns 631a, 631b, and 631c are relatively movable in the guide holes 431a and 431b. In the example of FIG. 19, since each guide hole 431a, 431b has an arc shape that extends over a substantially half circumference, the rotation range extends over a substantially half circumference.

In addition, a coil spring HS is placed between the spring stop column 634 and the spring stop protrusion 434. The coil spring HS is formed of a metal wire that extends from the spring stop column 634 toward the shaft hole 433, rotates around the shaft hole 433 in the clockwise direction R, and reaches the spring stop protrusion 434. The coil spring HS biases the handle ring 430 in the counterclockwise direction L. Therefore, when the player releases his hand from the handle ring 430, the handle ring 430 rotates in the counterclockwise direction L and stops at the angular position shown in FIG. At this angular position, the guide column 631a is in contact with the end portion of the guide hole 431a in the clockwise direction R, and the guide column 631c is in contact with the end portion of the guide hole 431b in the clockwise direction R.

Next, the configuration of the handle base 460 will be described.
FIG. 20 is a diagram showing the configuration of the handle base 460. As shown in FIG. FIG. 20A is a front view of the game ball launching handle 41 with the handle ring 430 further removed from the state shown in FIG. FIG. 20B is an enlarged front view around the stopper column ST.

FIG. 20A shows a storage container 461. The storage container 461 has a circular shape when viewed from the front surface, and has a container shape in which the inside is recessed in the back surface direction. The storage container 461 includes guide struts 631a to 631c, spring retaining struts 634 and 766, a stopper strut ST (hereinafter also simply referred to as “stopper”), and a biasing gear shaft strut 750 (hereinafter simply referred to as “biasing gear”). It is also referred to as a shaft 750 ". The columns 631a to 631c, 634, 766, ST, and 750 all extend from the back surface of the storage container 461 toward the front surface.

An urging gear 740 is rotatably attached to the urging gear shaft 750. A biasing spring 760 is provided between the biasing gear 740 and the spring stopper post 766. The biasing gear 740 is biased in the counterclockwise direction L by the biasing spring 760. Further, as shown in FIG. 20B, a protruding portion DST is provided on the side surface of the urging gear 740. When the urging gear 740 rotates in the counterclockwise direction L, the urging gear 740 can rotate to an angular position where the protruding portion DST contacts the stopper ST.

A driven gear 720 is fixed to the resistance shaft 730. The resistance shaft 730 is a rotating shaft that changes the resistance value of a variable resistor (described later: VR) according to the angular position. The biasing gear 740 and the driven gear 720 are meshed at the correct meshing position (relative angular position between the two gears) shown in the drawing.

A main driving gear 700 is attached to the center of the storage container 461. The main driving gear 700 is rotatably attached to a bearing portion (described later: 710) of the storage container 461. The main driving gear 700 includes a fixed portion 700f to which the handle ring 430 is fixed and a gear portion 700g provided on the back side of the fixed portion 700f. The gear portion 700g and the driven gear 720 are engaged at a correct engagement position shown in the drawing.

Two screw holes 702a and 702b are formed in the fixing portion 700f. Screw holes 432a and 432b are opposed to the screw holes 702a and 702b, respectively, and the handle ring 430 is fixed to the fixing portion 700f by screws (not shown) penetrating these holes.

Note that three gears 700, 720, and 740, a support portion that supports these gears (for example, a biasing gear shaft 750, a resistance shaft 730, and a bearing portion that supports the main driving gear 700 (described later: 710)), The spring 760 and the stopper ST constitute a gear mechanism 800.

A firing stop switch 620 is fixed to the storage container 461. The firing stop switch 620 is operated by the firing stop switch operation unit 440.

Next, a configuration in which the main driving gear 700, the driven gear 720, and the biasing gear 740 are engaged will be described.

FIG. 21 is a perspective view showing the main driving gear 700, the driven gear 720, and the biasing gear 740 that are engaged with each other.

As shown in FIG. 21, the main driving gear 700 has a support shaft 700h that protrudes from the center of the fixed portion 700f toward the front surface. The support shaft 700h is inserted into the shaft hole 433.

FIG. 21 shows the variable resistor VR. The variable resistor VR is fixed inside the support portion 462. The variable resistor VR is configured to have a resistance shaft 730. The resistance shaft 730 passes through the storage container 461 and extends toward the front surface.

The variable resistor VR is connected to the firing control unit 243b. The launch control by the launch controller 243b is adjusted according to the resistance value of the variable resistor VR.

In this basic form, the rotation axis R700 of the main driving gear 700 and the rotation axis R720 of the driven gear 720 are parallel to each other. Further, the rotation axis R720 of the driven gear 720 and the rotation axis R740 of the biasing gear 740 are also parallel. Any of the rotation axes R700, R720, R740 is parallel to the direction from the back surface to the front surface. Further, the teeth (tooth gaps) of the gears 700, 720, and 740 extend parallel to the rotation axis.

Next, the configuration of the storage container 461 will be described.
FIG. 22 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration inside the storage container 461 (front side). FIG. 22 is viewed from the same direction as the perspective view of FIG.

FIG. 22 shows a bearing portion 710, a stopper ST, a resistance shaft 730, a biasing gear shaft 750, and a spring stop column 766. The other components (for example, the guide column 631a in FIG. 19) are not shown. The notch 461v provided on the side surface of the storage container 461 is for letting the end of the firing stop switch operation unit 440 out of the storage container 461.

The bearing portion 710 has a hollow cylindrical shape extending from the back surface of the storage container 461 toward the front surface. As will be described later, the main driving gear 700 is rotatably inserted into a hole 710 h formed inside the bearing portion 710. In addition, a groove 710 a extending from the back surface of the storage container 461 toward the front surface is formed inside the bearing portion 710.

Next, the configuration of the main driving gear 700 will be described.
FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of the main driving gear 700. FIG. 23A is a perspective view of the main driving gear 700 viewed from the rear. FIG. 23B is a rear view of the main driving gear 700.

As shown in FIG. 23, the main driving gear 700 has a protruding shaft 700j extending from the center of the fixed portion 700f toward the back surface. The protruding shaft 700j is inserted into the bearing portion 710. Further, a protruding portion 700jt is provided on the side surface of the end portion of the protruding shaft 700j. The protrusion 700jt protrudes in a predetermined direction D1 outward from the center (rotation axis R700) of the protrusion shaft 700j when viewed from the back. The protruding portion 700jt is passed through the groove 710a when the protruding shaft 700j is inserted into the bearing portion 710.

The teeth of the gear portion 700g are formed on a virtual arc 700a that extends over a substantially half circumference around the protruding shaft 700j, and extend from the back surface of the fixed portion 700f toward the back surface of the storage container 461. The arc 700a corresponds to the rotation range of the main driving gear 700 (that is, the handle ring 430). In other words, the arc 700 a is the same as the range that can be engaged with the driven gear 720 by the rotation of the handle ring 430.

Further, the gear portion 700g is configured to have low tooth portions 700gn1 and 700gn2 having low tooth heights and high tooth portions 700gw having high tooth heights. Here, the tooth height means the height of one tooth. In the example of FIG. 23A, since the teeth extend in parallel with the rotation axis R700, the tooth height represents the length along the rotation axis R700, that is, the length in the direction from the back surface to the front surface. Yes.

In this example, the tooth heights of the low tooth portions 700gn1 and 700gn2 are the same. Further, the teeth of the high-tooth portion 700gw (two teeth in the examples of FIGS. 23A and 23B) protrude to the back side from the other teeth. These tooth portions are arranged on the arc 700a in the order of a low tooth portion 700gn1, a high tooth portion 700gw, and a low tooth portion 700gn2. Of the teeth of the low tooth portion 700 gn 2, the predetermined three teeth 700 p provided at the end of the arc 700 a are inserted into the tooth grooves of the driven gear 720 when the main driving gear 700 is assembled.

Next, the configuration of the driven gear 720 will be described.
FIG. 24 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of the driven gear 720. FIG. 24A is a perspective view of the driven gear 720 as viewed from the front. FIG. 24B is a front view of the driven gear 720.

The driven gear 720 is a cylindrical gear as shown in FIG. A through shaft hole 720 h is formed at the center of the driven gear 720. The through-shaft hole 720h is fitted to the resistance shaft 730. Note that the cross-sections of the through-shaft hole 720h and the resistance shaft 730 have substantially the same shape, and the shape is a shape in which a circular part is cut off by a straight string. Therefore, when the driven gear 720 is assembled to the resistance shaft 730, the relative angular position between the driven gear 720 and the resistance shaft 730 is uniquely determined. When the driven gear 720 rotates, the resistance shaft 730 is prevented from slipping. In addition, as a shape of a cross section, not only the shape shown in FIG. 24 but other arbitrary shapes are employable. For example, an isosceles triangle may be adopted. However, it is preferable that the relative angular position between the driven gear 720 and the resistance shaft 730 is uniquely determined. In other words, a shape in which the rotationally symmetric angle is only 360 degrees is preferable. Further, when the resistance shaft 730 is press-fitted into the through-shaft hole 720h, a circle may be employed as the cross-sectional shape.

Teeth are provided on the entire circumference of the driven gear 720. The end portion of the back side of some tooth spaces is filled with a flange 720f. The remaining tooth gap 720p (in the example of FIG. 24, two tooth gaps) is not provided with a brim. When the main driving gear 700 is engaged with the driven gear 720, the teeth of the high tooth portion 700gw are inserted into these bristleless tooth spaces 720p.

It should be noted that chamfering is applied to the front end of some of the predetermined teeth 720c (two teeth in the examples of FIGS. 24A and 24B). This is because when the main driving gear 700 is engaged, the teeth of the main driving gear 700 are smoothly inserted into the three predetermined tooth spaces 720q adjacent to the teeth 720c.

Next, the configuration of the urging gear 740 will be described.
FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of the urging gear 740. FIG. 25A and FIG. 25B are perspective views of the urging gear 740. FIG. 25C is a front view of the urging gear 740. FIG. 25 (b) shows the angular position on the opposite side to FIG. 25 (a).

As shown in FIG. 25, the urging gear 740 is a cylindrical gear, and has a hollow cylindrical inner peripheral portion 740i, an outer peripheral portion 740o surrounding the outer periphery of the inner peripheral portion 740i, and substantially around the outer peripheral portion 740o. And a plurality of teeth 740t provided over a half circumference. A through-shaft hole 740h that fits into the biasing gear shaft 750 is formed in the inner peripheral portion 740i. Between the inner peripheral part 740i and the outer peripheral part 740o, a spring groove 740s in which the urging spring 760 is accommodated is formed. Further, a spring retaining groove 740a for engaging the biasing spring 760 is formed on the front surface side of the outer peripheral portion 740o. The urging spring 760 extends from the spring stop column 766 toward the spring groove 740s, and turns around the inner peripheral portion 740i a plurality of times in the clockwise direction R within the spring groove 740s to reach the spring stop groove 740a. It is formed with lines.

Further, a protruding portion DST is provided on the side surface of the outer peripheral portion 740o. The protrusion DST is formed so as to come into contact with the stopper ST at the initial position of the handle ring 430 when the biasing gear 740 rotates.

[Operation]
Next, the operation of the firing handle will be described.
FIG. 26 is a view for explaining the operation of the game ball launching handle 41. FIG. 26A shows a state before the button 520 is pressed. FIG. 26B shows a state where the button 520 is pressed.

The handle ring 430 is applied with an urging force to return the rotation operation position of the handle ring 430 to the reference angle position by the coil spring HS. Therefore, when the player rotates the handle ring 430, the coil spring HS It is necessary to rotate the handle ring 430 to a certain rotational operation position against the urging force and hold it at the rotational operation position. When the handle ring 430 rotates, the launch control unit 243b controls the launch intensity of the game ball according to the turning amount of the handle ring 430, and the game ball launch device 110 launches the game ball into the game area.

At this time, when the player presses the button 520 with the palm of the hand, as shown in FIGS. 26 (a) and 26 (b), the button 520 swings around a position symmetrical to the opening 502 of the front cover base 500. The protrusion 524 contacts one end of the locking member 506 and presses one end of the locking member 506. When one end portion of the locking member 506 is pressed, the other end portion of the locking member 506 presses the inner front surface 436 of the handle ring 430 backward, whereby the handle ring 430 is locked.

FIG. 27 is a diagram for explaining the operation of each of the gears 700, 720, and 740. FIG. 27 is a front view of the main driving gear 700, the driven gear 720, and the biasing gear 740 that are engaged with each other.

When the player rotates the handle ring 430 in the clockwise direction R, the main driving gear 700 fixed to the handle ring 430 rotates in the clockwise direction R. As a result, the driven gear 720 rotates in the counterclockwise direction L and the resistance shaft 730 also rotates in the counterclockwise direction L, so that the resistance value of the variable resistor VR changes in a predetermined direction (for example, the resistance value decreases). Alternatively, the resistance value may be increased.) The variable resistor VR is connected to the launch control unit 243b, and the change in the resistance value increases the launch strength of the game ball. Further, the urging gear 740 rotates in the clockwise direction R.

On the contrary, when the player rotates the handle ring 430 in the counterclockwise direction L, the main driving gear 700 rotates in the counterclockwise direction L. As a result, the driven gear 720 rotates in the clockwise direction R and the resistance shaft 730 also rotates in the clockwise direction R, so that the resistance value of the variable resistor VR changes in the reverse direction. Due to the change in the resistance value, the launch intensity of the game ball is reduced. Further, the biasing gear 740 rotates in the counterclockwise direction L.

Here, in order to finely adjust the firing strength, the player may rotate the handle ring 430 slightly. Thus, when the rotation angle of the main driving gear 700 is small, there is a possibility that the driven gear 720 does not move due to the biting play (backlash) between the main driving gear 700 and the driven gear 720. However, in this basic form, the urging gear 740 is engaged with the driven gear 720. Since the biasing gear 740 is biased in the counterclockwise direction L by the biasing spring 760, the driven gear 720 is biased in the clockwise direction R. As a result, even when the rotation angle of the handle ring 430 is small, the driven gear 720 can rotate following the rotation of the main driving gear 700. Therefore, fine adjustment of the angular position of the driven gear 720 is facilitated, and as a result, fine adjustment of the firing strength by the game ball launching handle 41 is facilitated.

〔effect〕
Some players play a game with a light hand attached to the handle ring after screwing a coin or the like into the slight gap between the handle base and the handle ring and fixing the handle ring to the desired rotation operation position. Someone can be seen. However, the game should be performed according to the skill of the player himself, and such a method that results in the same result no matter who hits is not accepted as an illegal act. Therefore, in recent years, in order to prevent coins and the like from being inserted into the gap between the handle base and the handle ring, a launching handle having no gap has been developed.

However, if the handle ring cannot be fixed by a coin or the like, when attempting to fire the game ball aiming at a certain position on the game board surface, the player resists the urging force of the coil spring at a certain angle. It is necessary to rotate it to a position and hold it at that angular position. Holding the handle ring that always tries to return to the reference angular position by the biasing force of the coil spring and holding it at a certain angular position is unexpectedly tiring, and involves a considerable burden on a player who plays a game for a long time.

Also, if the act of forcibly screwing coins or the like into the gap between the handle base and the handle ring is repeatedly performed, each member, which is generally a resin molded product, may be deformed or scraped, resulting in numerous scratches. In addition, the angular position detector that detects the angular position of the handle ring may be damaged due to excessive force acting, and it may not be possible to launch the game ball with the firing strength according to the turning operation. was there.

On the other hand, in the present launching handle, a handle base 460 attached to the front surface of the pachinko machine 10, a handle ring 430 that is rotatably attached to the front surface of the handle base 460, and performs an operation for adjusting the firing strength, A coil spring HS that applies an urging force for returning the rotation operation position of the handle ring 430 to the reference angular position to the handle ring 430 and a front face of the handle ring 430 so as to be depressible, and for restricting the return of the handle ring 430. A button 520 for performing the operation and a locking member 506 for restricting the handle ring 430 from returning to the reference angular position when the button 520 is pressed are provided.

Thus, when the player presses the button 520, the locking member 506 restricts the handle ring 430 from returning to the reference angular position, so that it is easy to fix the firing strength, and even if a game is played for a long time. It is hard to get tired and can reduce the burden on the player. In addition, when the rotation operation position is fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched, if the player finishes the game and leaves the fixed state, the next player can realize the same game as it is. On the other hand, since the rotation operation position is fixed by pressing the button 520, after the player finishes the game, the rotation operation position of the handle ring 430 returns to the reference angular position, and the next player is the same. It becomes difficult to realize this game. Therefore, a game based on the skill of the player can be realized. Furthermore, since it is not necessary to screw a coin or the like, damage to the game ball launch handle 41 can be suppressed.

Further, in the present launching handle, the button 520 is disposed closer to the player than the handle ring 430 as viewed from the player.

Thereby, since the player can press the button 520 with the palm, the operation of the button 520 becomes easy.

Further, in the present launching handle, the button 520 can be operated by a downward load.

As a result, the force applied to the game ball launch handle 41 in a state where the player puts his hand on the game ball launch handle 41 becomes a downward load, and the button 520 has a convex hemispherical shape. A downward force is applied to the button 520 due to the downward load applied to the button 520, and the button 520 can be pushed backward. Therefore, since the button 520 can be operated by the downward load, the operation of the button 520 is further facilitated.

Further, in the launch handle, the button 520 is attached so as to be swingable in the front-rear direction with the upper end portion as an axis.

As a result, the button 520 can be pressed backward, and the button 520 can be effectively used by utilizing the force applied to the game ball launch handle 41 while the player holds his / her hand on the game ball launch handle 41. Can be operated. Therefore, the operation of the button 520 is further facilitated.

Further, in the present launching handle, the button 520 is attached so as to be swingable in the direction of the force applied to the gaming ball launching handle 41 in a state where the player rotates the handle ring 430 to a certain angular position. .

Thereby, since the button 520 can be operated by effectively using the force pressed by the player, the operation of the button 520 is further facilitated.

Further, in the present launching handle, the button 520 has a protrusion 524 formed at a position facing the opening 502 and can be pressed in the axial direction of the handle ring 430 so as to be pressed. The locking member 506 is swingably attached to the front surface of the front cover base 500 with a position symmetrical to the axis 502 as an axis. The locking member 506 has one end portion at the opening 502 and the other end at the inner front surface 436 of the handle ring 430. It is attached to the rear surface of the front cover base 500 so as to face, and when the button 520 is pressed, one end part comes into contact with the projecting part 524 and the other end part pushes the inner front surface 436 of the handle ring 430 backward to engage the handle ring 430. Stop.

Thereby, since it is only necessary to provide the front cover base 500, the opening 502, the protrusion 524, and the locking member 506, the configuration is simplified and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

Further, in the present launching handle, the locking member 506 is in the form of a leaf spring that generates a biasing force that causes the other end to return to a position where it does not contact the inner front surface 436 of the handle ring 430 when not in contact with the protrusion 524. Yes.

Thereby, when the projection part 524 is not in contact, the possibility that the turning operation of the handle ring 430 is hindered by the locking member 506 can be reduced.

[Second basic form]
Next, a second basic form will be described with reference to the drawings. 28 to 33 are views showing a second basic form of the launch handle of the gaming machine.

This basic form includes a locking lever that locks the handle ring 430 by pressing the inner peripheral surface of the handle ring 430 radially outward, instead of the locking member 506 with respect to the first basic form. The point is different. Hereinafter, only different parts from the first basic form will be described, and overlapping parts will be denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof will be omitted.

Next, the configuration of the front cover 450 will be described.
FIG. 28 is a front view of the game ball launch handle 41.
29 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line BB ′ in FIG.
FIG. 30 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line CC ′ in FIG.
FIG. 31 is an exploded perspective view of the front cover 450 as viewed from the front.
FIG. 32 is an exploded perspective view of the front cover 450 as seen from the rear.

As shown in FIGS. 28 to 32, the front cover 450 includes a front cover base 500, a button 520, and a button cover 540.

A tip of the swing arm 522 on the turning side is attached to the upper back of the button 520. The swing arm 522 is fixed to the button 520 with a screw. On the other hand, a bearing portion 504 is formed on the front upper portion of the front cover base 500. A shaft 522 a of the swing arm 522 is supported by a bearing portion 504. Accordingly, the button 520 can swing in the front-rear direction with the upper end portion as an axis with respect to the front cover base 500, and the player can press the button 520 backward. Further, since the button 520 has a hemispherical shape that protrudes forward, a downward force is applied to the button 520 due to a downward load on the button 520, and the button 520 can be pressed backward.

Thus, since the button 520 is disposed in front of the player from the handle ring 430, the player can press the button 520 with the palm. Therefore, the operation of the button 520 is facilitated. Further, the button 520 is attached so as to be swingable in the direction of the force applied to the game ball launching handle 41 in a state in which the player rotates the handle ring 430 to a certain angular position. The button 520 can be operated by effectively using the force pressed by the hand. Therefore, the operation of the button 520 is further facilitated.

As an angular position of the handle ring 430 to which a force is suitably applied to the button 520, for example, a position where the contact surface facing direction of the finger hook portions 430b and 430c and the direction of the button 520 on the outer side in the swinging radial direction are considered. It is done. In other words, when the contact surface facing direction of the finger hooks 430b and 430c and the direction of the button 520 on the outer side in the swinging radial direction coincide with each other, a force is easily applied to the button 520 from the upper front to the lower rear. Therefore, the button 520 can be operated by effectively using the force held by the player with his hand. When the game ball is launched to the right side of the game area, the angular position of the handle ring 430 is adjusted so that the contact surface facing direction of the finger hook portion 430a coincides with the outer side of the swinging radial direction of the button 520. Also good. Also in this case, since a force is easily applied to the button 520 in the direction from the upper front to the lower rear, the button 520 can be operated by effectively using the force pressed by the player.

An opening 512 that penetrates in the front-rear direction is formed in the lower portion of the front cover base 500. A protrusion 524 is formed at a position facing the opening 512 of the button 520.

On the other hand, a locking lever 514 is rotatably attached to the back surface of the front cover base 500 such that one end faces the opening 512 and the other end faces the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430. . A shaft 514 a of the locking lever 514 extends in a direction orthogonal to the axial direction of the handle ring 430 and is supported by a bearing portion 516 formed on the back surface of the front cover base 500. When the button 520 is pressed, one end of the locking lever 514 comes into contact with the protrusion 524 and the other end presses the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 radially outward to lock the handle ring 430. Thereby, since it is only necessary to provide the front cover base 500, the opening 512, the protrusion 524, and the locking lever 514, the configuration is simplified, and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

Further, the locking lever 514 has a distance between one end that contacts the protrusion 524 and the shaft 514a is larger than the distance between the other end that contacts the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 and the shaft 514a. Even if the 520 is pressed with a small force, a large locking force with respect to the handle ring 430 is generated as compared with the first basic form. Thereby, the handle ring 430 can be easily locked.

In addition, a coil spring 518 that generates a biasing force that causes the other end portion to return to a position where the other end portion does not contact the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 when not in contact with the protrusion 524 is attached to the locking lever 514. Thereby, when the projection part 524 is not in contact, the possibility that the turning operation of the handle ring 430 is hindered by the locking lever 514 can be reduced.

The button cover 540 has a hemispherical shape that protrudes forward to cover the front cover base 500 and the button 520. In the center of the button cover 540, an opening 542 that exposes the front surface of the button 520 is formed.

Engagement holes 544a and 544b for engaging the claw members 508a and 508b are formed in the upper side and the lower side of the button cover 540, respectively. Further, a through hole 510a that penetrates the claw member 508a is penetrated at a position facing the engagement hole 544a of the front cover base 500, and a claw member 508b is penetrated at a position opposed to the engagement hole 544b of the front cover base 500. Through-holes 510c are formed.

The button cover 540 covers the front cover base 500 and the button 520, and the claw members 508a and 508b are attached to the front cover base 500 by passing through the through holes 510a and 510c and engaging with the engagement holes 544a and 544b. . The claw members 508a and 508b are fixed to the front cover base 500 with screws.

[Operation]
Next, the operation of this basic form will be described.
FIG. 33 is a view for explaining the operation of the game ball launching handle 41. FIG. 33A shows a state before the button 520 is pressed. FIG. 33B shows a state where the button 520 is pressed.

The handle ring 430 is applied with an urging force to return the rotation operation position of the handle ring 430 to the reference angle position by the coil spring HS. Therefore, when the player rotates the handle ring 430, the coil spring HS It is necessary to rotate the handle ring 430 to a certain rotational operation position against the urging force and hold it at the rotational operation position. When the handle ring 430 rotates, the launch control unit 243b controls the launch intensity of the game ball according to the turning amount of the handle ring 430, and the game ball launch device 110 launches the game ball into the game area.

At this time, when the player presses the button 520 with the palm of the hand, as shown in FIGS. 33 (a) and 33 (b), the button 520 swings around a position symmetrical to the opening 512 of the front cover base 500. The protrusion 524 comes into contact with one end of the locking lever 514 and presses one end of the locking lever 514. When one end portion of the locking lever 514 is pressed, the locking lever 514 rotates, and the other end portion of the locking lever 514 presses the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 radially outward, thereby the handle ring. 430 locks.

〔effect〕
In this way, the locking lever 514 is rotatable to the back surface of the front cover base 500 with one end facing the opening 512 of the front cover base 500 and the other end facing the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430. When the button 520 is pressed, one end of the button 520 comes into contact with the protrusion 524 and the other end presses the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 radially outward to lock the handle ring 430.

Thereby, since it is only necessary to provide the front cover base 500, the opening 512, the protrusion 524, and the locking lever 514, the configuration is simplified, and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

Further, in this basic form, the locking lever 514 has a distance between one end that contacts the protrusion 524 and the shaft 514a that is greater than the distance between the other end that contacts the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 and the shaft 514a. Is also big.

Accordingly, even when the button 520 is pressed with a small force, a larger locking force with respect to the handle ring 430 is generated as compared with the first basic form, so that the handle ring 430 can be easily locked.

Further, in this basic mode, the locking lever 514 is attached with a coil spring 518 that generates a biasing force that causes the other end portion to return to a position where it does not contact the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 when not in contact with the protrusion 524. It has been.

Thereby, when the projection part 524 is not in contact, the possibility that the turning operation of the handle ring 430 is hindered by the locking lever 514 can be reduced.

[Third basic form]
Next, a third basic form will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 34 is a diagram showing a third basic form of the launching handle of the gaming machine.

This basic form is different from the first basic form in that a touch sensor is provided on the button 520, and when the touch sensor of the handle ring 430 and the button 520 is off, the game ball is stopped from firing. . Hereinafter, only different parts from the first basic form will be described, and overlapping parts will be denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof will be omitted.

First, the configuration of the button 520 will be described.
Like the handle ring 430, the button 520 is provided with a touch sensor. Specifically, the surface of the button 520 is subjected to conductive hard plating, and the metal part to which the plating is applied and a detection circuit (not shown) are electrically connected by lead wires. . Therefore, when the player touches the button 520 and the capacitance of the button 520 changes, the change is detected by the detection circuit. Since the detection circuit is connected to the launch control unit 243b, the launch control unit 243b can determine whether or not the player is touching the button 520 based on the detection signal from the detection circuit.

Next, the configuration of the firing control unit 243b will be described.
FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing the launch control process of the launch controller 243b.

The launch control unit 243b has a logic circuit. The logic circuit is configured to repeatedly execute a launch control process for performing launch control of the game ball launcher 110 at a predetermined period (for example, 4 [ms]). Note that the launch control unit 243b is not limited to a logic circuit, and may be configured by a CPU (Central Processing Unit), a ROM, a RAM, and the like.

When the firing control process is executed in the firing control unit 243b, the process proceeds to step S100 as shown in FIG.

In step S100, it is determined whether or not the firing stop switch 620 is turned off. If it is determined that the firing stop switch 620 is turned off (YES), the process proceeds to step S102.

In step S102, it is determined whether or not the touch sensor of the handle ring 430 is turned on. If it is determined that the touch sensor of the handle ring 430 is turned on (YES), the process proceeds to step S104.

In step S104, it is determined whether or not the touch sensor of the button 520 is turned on. If it is determined that the touch sensor of the button 520 is turned on (YES), the process proceeds to step S106, and the game ball Is sent to the main controller 162. Here, the emission permission signal is a signal that is turned on while the emission condition (conditions of steps S100 to S104) is established.

Next, the process proceeds to step S108, where it is determined whether or not the launch signal indicating that the game ball is to be instructed is received from the main controller 162 as a response to the launch permission signal, and it is determined that the launch signal is received. If yes (YES), the process proceeds to step S110. Here, the firing signal is a signal that repeatedly turns on and off at a predetermined interval (for example, 0.3 [s] interval). Since the launch control unit 243b controls the game ball launcher 110 so that the solenoid 111 is turned on while the launch signal is on, the game ball is played at a predetermined interval (for example, 0.6 [s] interval). Is fired.

In step S110, the launch control of the game ball launcher 110 is performed so that the game ball is launched with a launch intensity corresponding to the amount of rotation of the handle ring 430, the series of processes is terminated, and the process proceeds to step S100.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S108 that the firing signal is not received (NO), the series of processes is terminated, and the process proceeds to step S100.

On the other hand, if it is determined in step S104 that the touch sensor of the button 520 is off (NO), if it is determined in step S102 that the touch sensor of the handle ring 430 is off (NO), and If it is determined in step S100 that the firing stop switch 620 is on (NO), the process proceeds to step S108.

[Operation]
Next, the operation of this basic form will be described.
When the player touches the handle ring 430 and the button 520 with the palm of the hand, both touch sensors are turned on. When the handle ring 430 is turned, the firing stop switch 620 is turned off. In the firing control unit 243b, when the firing stop switch 620 is turned off and both touch sensors are turned on, a firing permission signal is transmitted to the main controller 162 through step S106.

When the main control device 162 receives the launch permission signal in a game-enabled state, the launch control signal is transmitted to the launch control unit 243b. Note that when the launch permission signal is not received, the launch signal is not transmitted to the launch control unit 243b.

Upon receiving the launch signal, the launch control unit 243b controls the launch strength of the game ball according to the amount of rotation of the handle ring 430 through step S110, and the game ball launch device 110 launches the game ball into the game area. The

〔effect〕
In this manner, in this basic form, the touch sensor that detects the contact of the human body with the button 520, the game ball launching device 110 that launches the game ball into the game area, and the amount of rotation of the handle ring 430, A launch control unit 243b that controls the launch intensity, and the launch control unit 243b does not permit the launch of the game ball when the touch sensor of the button 520 does not detect contact.

Accordingly, the operation position of the button 520 can be fixed with a coin or the like interposed therebetween, and a game can be prevented from being performed without touching the button 520, so that a game based on the skill of the player can be realized.

Further, in this basic mode, a touch sensor that detects contact of the human body with the handle ring 430 is provided, and the launch control unit 243b has a game ball when the touch sensor of the handle ring 430 or the touch sensor of the button 520 does not detect contact. Is not allowed to fire.

As a result, the operation position of the handle ring 430 or the button 520 is fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched therebetween, and it is possible to prevent the game from being performed without touching the handle ring 430 or the button 520. Can be realized. Further, since it is necessary to contact the handle ring 430 and the button 520, the player can play a game in a posture of contacting the handle ring 430 and the button 520, and the degree of freedom of the player's posture is regulated (posture Right). Therefore, compared with the past, in a pachinko hall or the like, it is possible to reduce the possibility of causing trouble to passers-by and other adjacent players.

[Fourth basic form]
Next, a fourth basic form will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 35 is a diagram showing a fourth basic form of the launch handle of the gaming machine.

This basic form is different from the second basic form in that the button 520 and the locking lever 514 are integrally formed. Hereinafter, only portions different from the second basic form will be described, and overlapping portions will be denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof will be omitted.

First, the configuration of the game ball launch handle 41 will be described.
FIG. 35 is a vertical sectional view of the game ball launching handle 41 in the front-rear direction.

As shown in FIG. 35, the game ball launching handle 41 has a button-type lever 528 in which a button 520 and a locking lever 514 are integrated, instead of the button 520 and the locking lever 514. .

The button-type lever 528 has a shaft 528 a whose axial direction is a direction orthogonal to the axial direction of the handle ring 430. The shaft 528a is rotatably supported by a bearing (not shown) formed on the front cover base 500.

The button-type lever 528 further includes a pressing operation portion 528b that extends forward from the shaft 528a and is formed as a member corresponding to the button 520.

The button-type lever 528 further extends rearward from the shaft 528a, rotates when the pressing operation portion 528b is pressed, and the tip presses the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 radially outward to engage the handle ring 430. It has a locking arm 528c that stops.

As a result, the button 520 and the locking lever 514 are not provided, but only the button-type lever 528 is provided, so that the configuration is simplified and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

The locking surface 528d of the locking arm 528c is in contact with the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 at the initial position. For example, a coil spring that generates an urging force for returning the button-type lever 528 to the initial position may be attached to the shaft 528a. With such a configuration, when the pressing operation portion 528b is pressed, the frictional force between the locking surface 528d of the locking arm 528c and the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 increases, and the handle ring 430 is locked.

Thereby, since the button type lever 528 hardly displaces, it is difficult to form a gap between the button type lever 528 and the button cover 540, and it is possible to suppress coins and the like from being screwed into the gap. Furthermore, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the finger meat is caught in the gap between the button-type lever 528 and the button cover 540.

The button-type lever 528 is further made of a rigid body such as metal.
As a result, the button-type lever 528 is further less likely to be displaced, so that it is possible to further suppress the coin or the like from being screwed into the gap between the button-type lever 528 and the button cover 540. Furthermore, it is possible to further reduce the possibility that the finger meat is caught in the gap between the button-type lever 528 and the button cover 540.

The button type lever 528 is disposed at the initial position by its own weight. In this initial position, the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 and the locking surface 528d of the locking arm 528c are in contact with each other, so that a frictional force with respect to the rotation of the handle ring 430 is always generated. Become. At this time, the front portion of the button-type lever 528 with respect to the shaft 528a is the pressing operation portion 528b, and the rear portion is the locking surface 528d, so that both the portions extending on the front and rear sides of the shaft 528a rotate in the opposite direction. Component is generated, and the rotational force due to the weight of the button-type lever 528 is reduced. Accordingly, the vertical drag (contact force) generated between the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 and the locking surface 528d of the locking arm 528c can be reduced, and the frictional force always generated with respect to the rotation of the handle ring 430. It is possible to reduce the feeling of resistance during the turning operation in the beginning or middle of the game.

Further, in this basic mode, the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 and the locking surface 528d of the locking arm 528c are in contact with each other at the initial position, and the handle ring 430 is moved by the frictional force generated by the player's pressing operation. Lock. For this reason, the handle ring 430 can be locked without displacing the button type lever 528 at all, and it is not necessary to generate a biasing force for returning the button type lever 528 to the initial position. Therefore, the component configuration can be simplified, and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

[Fifth basic form]
Next, a fifth basic form will be described with reference to the drawings. 36 to 52 are views showing a fifth basic form of the launch handle of the gaming machine.

Compared to the first basic form, this basic form is provided with a locking lever that locks the handle ring by pressing the inner peripheral surface of the handle ring radially outward instead of the locking member 506. Different. Hereinafter, only different parts from the first basic form will be described, and overlapping parts will be denoted by the same reference numerals and description thereof will be omitted.

In this basic form, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a game ball launch handle 42 instead of the game ball launch handle 41. By operating the game ball launch handle 42, a game ball is launched from the game ball launch device 110.

First, the configuration of the game ball launch handle 42 will be described.
FIG. 36 is a diagram showing a configuration of the game ball launch handle 42. FIG. 36A is a bottom view of the game ball launch handle 42. FIG. 36 (b) is a front view of the game ball launch handle 42.
FIG. 37 is an exploded perspective view of the game ball launch handle 42.

As shown in FIGS. 36 and 37, the game ball launching handle 42 includes a handle base 1400, a handle ring 1430, and a front cover 1450.

The handle base 1400 includes a storage container 1401 and a support portion 1402 fixed to the back surface of the storage container 1401. The back side of the support part 1402 is fixed to the pachinko machine 10.

Further, a firing stop switch operation unit 1410 is attached to the handle base 1400. The firing stop switch operation unit 1410 is a lever for switching ON / OFF of a firing stop switch (described later: 1620) provided in the handle base 1400. The player can stop the firing of the game ball by pressing the firing stop switch operation unit 1410 regardless of the angular position of the handle ring 1430.

The handle ring 1430 is rotatably attached to the front surface of the storage container 1401. The player can increase the firing strength of the game ball by rotating the handle ring 1430 in the clockwise direction R (FIG. 36B). The handle ring 1430 is provided with three finger hooks 1430a, 1430b, and 1430c for the player to put their fingers on.

The front cover 1450 is attached to the front surface of the handle ring 1430. The front cover 1450 has a hemispherical shape that protrudes forward.

Next, the configuration of the front cover 1450 will be described.
FIG. 38 is a cross-sectional view of the game ball launch handle 42. FIG. 38A is a cross-sectional view taken along line DD ′ in FIG. FIG. 38B is a cross-sectional view taken along the line EE ′ in FIG.
FIG. 39 is an exploded perspective view of the front cover 1450 as viewed from the front.
FIG. 40 is an exploded perspective view of the front cover 1450 as viewed from the rear.

As shown in FIGS. 38 to 40, the front cover 1450 includes a front cover base 1500, an inner lid portion 1530, a button cover 1550, and a button 1570.

The button cover 1550 has a hemispherical shape that protrudes forward to cover the front cover base 1500, the inner lid portion 1530, and the button 1570. In the center of the button cover 1550, an opening 1551 for fitting the inner lid 1530 and the button 1570 is formed. Then, the inner lid portion 1530 faces the opening portion 1551 from the back side of the button cover 1550 and the button 1570 faces the opening portion 1551 from the front side of the button cover 1550, and the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 cause the opening portion 1551 to face. A button 1570 is attached to the inner lid portion 1530 so as to be swingable in the front-rear direction. Accordingly, the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 can swing in the front-rear direction around the upper end portion of the front cover base 1500, and the player can press the button 1570 backward. Further, since the button 1570 has a hemispherical shape that protrudes forward, a downward force is applied to the button 1570 due to a downward load applied to the button 1570, and the button 1570 can be pressed backward. Further, since the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 have a double structure, and the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 swing with the opening 1551 interposed therebetween, there is no inner lid portion 1530 and a button as in the second basic form. Compared with a configuration in which only 1570 swings, the possibility that the flesh of a finger is caught in the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 can be reduced.

In this way, the button 1570 is disposed in front of the player from the handle ring 1430, so that the player can press the button 1570 with the palm. Therefore, the operation of the button 1570 is facilitated. The button 1570 is attached so as to be swingable in the direction of the force applied to the game ball launching handle 42 in a state where the player rotates the handle ring 1430 to a certain angular position. The button 1570 can be operated by effectively using the hand pressing force. Therefore, the operation of the button 1570 is further facilitated.

The angular position of the handle ring 1430 to which a force is suitably applied to the button 1570 is, for example, the direction opposite to the direction of the contact surface in the normal direction of the surface (contact surface) with which the fingers of the finger hooks 1430b and 1430c contact. A position where the direction (hereinafter referred to as the contact surface facing direction of the finger-hanging portions 1430b and 1430c) and the direction directly below the shaft 1531 (hereinafter referred to as the direction outside the swinging radial direction of the button 1570) may be considered. . That is, when the contact surface facing direction of the finger hook portions 1430b and 1430c and the direction of the button 1570 on the outer side in the swinging radial direction coincide with each other, a force is easily applied to the button 1570 from the upper front to the lower rear. Therefore, the button 1570 can be operated by effectively using the force pressed by the player with his hand. When a game ball is launched to the right side of the game area, the direction of the normal direction of the surface (contact surface) with which the finger of the finger hook 1430a contacts is opposite to the direction of the contact surface, and the button 1570 swings. The angular position of the handle ring 1430 may be adjusted so that the radially outer side matches. Also in this case, since a force is easily applied to the button 1570 in the direction from the upper front to the lower rear, the button 1570 can be operated by effectively using the force pressed by the player.

A locking lever 1501 for locking the handle ring 1430 is attached to the front cover base 1500. The front cover base 1500 is attached to the front side of the handle ring 1430.

Next, the configuration of the inner lid portion 1530, the button cover 1550, and the button 1570 will be described in detail.

FIG. 41 is a perspective view, a rear view, and a cross-sectional view of the button cover 1550. FIG. 41A is a perspective view of the button cover 1550 as viewed from the front. FIG. 41B is a rear view of the button cover 1550 and a cross-sectional view along the longitudinal center line.
FIG. 42 is a perspective view of the inner lid portion 1530. FIG. 42A is a perspective view of the inner lid portion 1530 as viewed from the front. FIG. 42B is a perspective view of the inner lid portion 1530 as viewed from the rear.
FIG. 43 is a rear view of the button 1570 and a sectional view taken along the center line in the vertical direction.

As shown in FIG. 42, a shaft support portion 1532 that supports the shaft 1531 in the horizontal direction is formed on the inner lid portion 1530 so as to protrude upward. A shaft 1531 is inserted into the shaft support portion 1532. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 41, a bearing portion 1552 is formed on the upper back of the button cover 1550. Both ends of the shaft 1531 are supported by bearing portions 1552. Thus, since the shaft 1531 is provided at the upper peripheral edge of the inner lid portion 1530, the gap between the upper portion of the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 is compared with the case where it is provided at the center portion of the inner lid portion 1530. And it is possible to prevent coins and the like from being screwed into the gaps. In addition, it is possible to reduce the possibility that finger flesh is caught in the gap between the upper portion of the button 1570 and the button cover 1550.

The shaft 1531 is made of metal. Since the button 1570 is operated by the player, since the operation of the button 1570 is directly transmitted to the inner lid portion 1530, when the player presses the button 1570 with force, a heavy load is applied to the shaft 1531. A case is assumed. On the other hand, in this basic embodiment, since the shaft 1531 is made of metal, the durability of the shaft 1531 can be improved.

The inner lid portion 1530 has a larger diameter than the opening portion 1551. As a result, the inner lid portion 1530 is less likely to jump out of the opening 1551, so that the possibility of jumping out of the button cover 1550 can be reduced even if the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 are swung.

Two claws 1533 a and 1533 b projecting outward in the radial direction of the inner lid portion 1530 are formed on the periphery of the inner lid portion 1530. The claw 1533a is formed in the lower left portion of the inner lid portion 1530, and the claw 1533b is formed in the lower right portion of the inner lid portion 1530. On the other hand, a claw restraining portion 1553a for restraining the movement of the claw 1533a in the circumferential direction is formed at a position facing the claw 1533a on the back surface of the button cover 1550. Further, a claw restraining portion 1553b that restrains movement of the claw 1533b in the circumferential direction is formed at a position facing the claw 1533b on the back surface of the button cover 1550. When the inner lid portion 1530 is attached to the button cover 1550, the claws 1533a and 1533b are fitted to the claw restraining portions 1553a and 1553b, so that the inner lid portion 1530 is restrained from moving in the circumferential direction. Thereby, the twisting force generated in the shaft 1531 can be reduced. Therefore, since the load on the shaft 1531 can be reduced, the durability of the shaft 1531 can be improved. Further, when the button 1570 is rotated, the handle ring 1430 is rotated to a certain angular position, but it is difficult to maintain the angular position. On the other hand, in this basic form, since the movement of the inner lid portion 1530 in the circumferential direction is restricted, the button 1570 is difficult to rotate and the rotation operation position of the handle ring 1430 can be easily maintained.

In the center of the inner lid portion 1530, an escape hole 1534 is formed for releasing a support shaft (described later: 1700 h) extending along the rotation axis of the handle ring 1430 forward when the button 1570 is pressed. In the configuration in which the inner lid portion 1530 does not have the escape hole 1534, it is assumed that when the button 1570 is pressed, the support shaft comes into contact with the inner lid portion 1530 and the swinging operation of the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 is hindered. . On the other hand, in this basic embodiment, when the button 1570 is pressed, the support shaft is released through the escape hole 1534 of the inner lid portion 1530, so that the possibility that the swinging operation of the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 is hindered is reduced. can do.

The inner lid portion 1530 is formed with three screw through holes 1535a, 1535b, and 1535c through which screws for screwing the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 pass. The screw through hole 1535a is formed above the escape hole 1534, the screw through hole 1535b is formed at the lower left of the escape hole 1534, and the screw through hole 1535c is formed at the lower right of the escape hole 1534. That is, the screw through holes 1535a, 1535b, and 1535c are arranged at equal intervals along an arc centered on the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 43, a screw hole column 1571a in which a female screw is formed along the axis is provided at a position facing the screw through hole 1535a on the back surface of the button 1570. A screw hole column 1571b in which a female screw is formed along the axis is provided at a position facing the screw through hole 1535b on the back surface of the button 1570. Further, a screw hole column 1571c in which a female screw is formed along the axis is provided at a position facing the screw through hole 1535c on the back surface of the button 1570. As a result, the screw through holes 1535a, 1535b, and 1535c are arranged substantially evenly around the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430, so that the button 1570 is screwed to the inner lid portion 1530 with an evenly distributed fastening force. be able to.

The screw hole columns 1571a, 1571b, and 1571c become higher as they go downward of the button 1570. That is, the screw hole columns 1571b and 1571c are higher than the screw hole columns 1571a. As a result, the button 1570 faces obliquely upward, so that the player can easily press the button 1570.

On the back surface of the button 1570, a flange portion 1572 protruding rearward is formed. The flange portion 1572 is coupled to the roots of the screw hole columns 1571a, 1571b, and 1571c, and is formed in an annular shape when viewed from the back. As a result, the screw hole columns 1571a, 1571b, and 1571c are reinforced by the flange portion 1572 as compared with the configuration in which the screw hole columns 1571a, 1571b, and 1571c are directly raised from the back surface of the button 1570 as in the second basic form. Therefore, the durability of the screw hole columns 1571a, 1571b, and 1571c can be improved.

A positioning step 1536 for positioning the screw hole columns 1571a, 1571b, 1571c in the screw through holes 1535a, 1535b, 1535c is formed on the front surface of the inner lid portion 1530. The positioning step 1536 protrudes forward and is formed around each screw through hole 1535a, 1535b, 1535c with an interval corresponding to the outer diameter of the screw hole columns 1571a, 1571b, 1571c. This facilitates the alignment of the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570, so that the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 are easily assembled.

The inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 are fixed by passing screws through the screw through holes 1535a, 1535b, and 1535c and screwing them into the corresponding screw hole columns 1571a, 1571b, and 1571c.

The button 1570 has a hemispherical shape that protrudes forward and has a vertex below the center. Thereby, since the surface area of the upper part of the button 1570 becomes large, it can receive a player's pressing force efficiently.

On the back surface of the button 1570, a flange portion 1573 that protrudes rearward along the peripheral edge of the button 1570 is formed. Accordingly, even if a finger is mistakenly inserted inside the button 1570, the intrusion is prevented by the collar portion 1573, and it becomes difficult to insert the finger inside the button 1570, so that the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 It is possible to further reduce the possibility of the finger meat being caught in the gap between them.

The flange portion 1573 is inclined toward the center of the button 1570 as it goes rearward. As a result, it becomes difficult to insert a finger into the inside of the button 1570 toward the front side of the button 1570, so that the possibility of the finger meat being caught in the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 is further reduced. Can do.

The flange portion 1573 is formed only below the position corresponding to the shaft 1531. In the configuration in which the flange portion 1573 is formed over the entire circumference of the button 1570, a gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 is easily formed, and a coin or the like is screwed into the gap to fix the button 1570 in a pressed state. It is assumed that On the other hand, in this basic form, since the flange 1573 is not formed above the position corresponding to the shaft 1531 in the button 1570, it is difficult to form a gap between the upper part of the button 1570 and the button cover 1550. It is possible to further suppress the coin or the like from being screwed into the gap. Further, it is possible to further reduce the possibility that finger flesh is caught in the gap between the upper portion of the button 1570 and the button cover 1550.

On the other hand, a flange 1556 that protrudes forward along the periphery of the opening 1551 is formed on the front surface of the button cover 1550. The flange 1556 is formed over the entire circumference of the opening 1551.

On the outer periphery of the flange portion 1556, a flange portion 1557 protruding forward is formed. A groove 1558 into which the flange 1573 can be fitted is formed between the flange 1556 and the flange 1557. The flange portion 1573 is fitted into the groove 1558 when the button 1570 is pressed. Accordingly, even if a finger is mistakenly inserted inside the button 1570, entry of the finger is prevented by the hooks 1573 and 1557, and it becomes difficult to insert the finger inside the button 1570. It is possible to further reduce the possibility of finger meat being caught in the gap between the two. Further, since the flange portion 1573 is locked by the flange portions 1556 and 1557, the radial movement of the button 1570 can be restricted. Furthermore, since the flange portion 1573 is fitted into the groove 1558 and the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 are easily aligned, the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 are easily assembled.

The flange portion 1556 is inclined toward the center of the button cover 1550 as it goes forward. In the configuration in which the collar portion 1556 stands horizontally, it is assumed that when the button 1570 is pressed, the collar portion 1556 comes into contact with the collar portion 1573 and the swinging operation of the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 is hindered. On the other hand, in this basic form, when the button 1570 is pressed, the collar 1556 is pointed so that the collar 1573 is smoothly guided to the outer periphery of the collar 1556, and the inner lid 1530 and the button 1570 The possibility that the swinging operation is hindered can be reduced.

The flange portion 1556 is formed only below the position corresponding to the shaft 1531. In the configuration in which the flange portion 1556 is formed over the entire circumference of the opening 1551, a gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 is easily formed, and in order to fix the button 1570 in a pressed state, a coin or the like is placed in the gap. It is assumed that it will be screwed. On the other hand, in this basic form, since the flange portion 1556 is not formed above the position corresponding to the shaft 1531 in the button cover 1550, a gap between the upper portion of the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 is hardly formed. Further, it is possible to further suppress the coin or the like from being screwed into the gap. Further, it is possible to further reduce the possibility that finger flesh is caught in the gap between the upper portion of the button 1570 and the button cover 1550.

On the other hand, a groove 1574 into which the flange 1557 can be fitted is formed on the outer periphery of the flange 1573. The flange 1557 is fitted into the groove 1574 when the button 1570 is pressed. As a result, the flange portion 1557 is fitted into the groove 1574, and the alignment between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 is facilitated, so that the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 are further easily assembled.

Further, the peripheral edge of the button 1570 is in contact with the outside of the opening 1551. Thereby, when a player presses down button 1570 vigorously, possibility that a big force will be added to locking lever 1501 via inner lid part 1530 can be reduced. Therefore, since the impact on the locking lever 1501 can be reduced, the life of the locking lever 1501 can be improved.

Further, on the back surface of the button cover 1550, a shaft restraining portion 1554 that restrains movement of a shaft (described later: 1501a) of the locking lever 1501 is formed. Thereby, the locking lever 1501 can be rocked stably.

As for the button cover 1550, the lower part protrudes ahead rather than the upper part. As a result, the button 1570 faces obliquely upward, so that the player can easily press the button 1570.

The button cover 1550, the inner lid portion 1530, and the button 1570 are made of a transparent member such as acrylic. Accordingly, even if coins or the like are mixed in the button cover 1550, the inner lid portion 1530, or the button 1570, the discovery becomes easy.

Next, the configuration of the front cover base 1500 will be described in detail.
44 is a front view and a rear view of the front cover base 1500. FIG. FIG. 44A is a front view of the front cover base 1500. FIG. FIG. 44B is a rear view of the front cover base 1500.

As shown in FIG. 44, the locking lever 1501 includes a shaft 1501a, a brake portion 1501b that locks the inner peripheral surface (described later: 1438) of the handle ring 1430, and an operation receiving portion 1501c that receives the operation of the button 1570. It is configured. The brake portion 1501b serves as an action point in the lever principle, and is formed to extend rearward from the shaft 1501a. The operation receiving portion 1501c is a power point in the lever principle, and is formed to extend from the shaft 1501a to the lower left.

A shaft hole 1503 is formed in the center of the front cover base 1500 so as to pass through a support shaft (described later: 1700h) extending along the rotation shaft of the handle ring 1430. A bearing portion 1502 that supports the shaft 1501 a is formed on the upper right portion of the front surface of the front cover base 1500. A through hole 1504 is formed in the lower left part of the bearing part 1502 adjacent to the bearing part 1502, and a through hole 1505 is formed in the lower part of the front cover base 1500. The through holes 1504 and 1505 penetrate the front cover base 1500 in the front-rear direction. The through hole 1504 is a hole for guiding the shaft 1501 a to the bearing portion 1502 from the back side of the front cover base 1500. The through hole 1505 is a hole for exposing the front surface of the operation receiving portion 1501c.

The locking lever 1501 supports the shaft 1501a with the bearing portion 1502, while the operation receiving portion 1501c faces the through hole 1505 from the back side of the front cover base 1500, and biases the operation receiving portion 1501c forward by the coil spring 1506. Thus, the front cover base 1500 is assembled. Thus, once the locking lever 1501 is assembled to the front cover base 1500, the shaft 1501a is supported on the front side of the front cover base 1500, and the operation receiving portion 1501c is urged forward, so that the locking lever 1501 Is fixed to the back surface of the front cover base 1500 and is difficult to drop off from the front cover base 1500. Therefore, the assembly of the game ball launch handle 42 is facilitated.

The locking lever 1501 receives the operation of the button 1570 by the operation receiving portion 1501c, and the operation receiving portion 1501c swings backward, whereby the brake portion 1501b abuts on the handle ring 1430 and the inner peripheral surface ( Lock later (1438). Thereby, since the shaft 1501a is supported on the front side of the front cover base 1500, the shaft 1501a is compared with the configuration in which the shaft 1501a is supported on the back side of the front cover base 1500 as in the second basic form. The distance to the position where the brake part 1501b contacts the handle ring 1430 is increased. That is, in the lever principle, the distance from the fulcrum to the action point is increased. Accordingly, since the locking of the handle ring 1430 is started only by slightly operating the button 1570, the locking of the handle ring 1430 with respect to the operation of the button 1570 becomes sensitive.

The locking lever 1501 further includes a straight portion 1501d extending from the shaft 1501a to the front of the shaft hole 1503, and a curved portion extending from the end of the straight portion 1501d to a rounded corner and bending along the periphery of the shaft hole 1503. 1501e. The curved portion 1501e is connected to the operation receiving portion 1501c in a rounded shape. That is, the locking lever 1501 has a curved shape with no corners between the shaft 1501a and the operation receiving portion 1501c as viewed from the rear. In a configuration in which the shape between the shaft 1501a and the operation receiving portion 1501c is angular, the force generated by the swinging of the locking lever 1501 is concentrated and applied to the corner. On the other hand, in this basic form, since the shape between the shaft 1501a and the operation receiving portion 1501c is a curved shape without corners, the force generated by the swinging of the locking lever 1501 is distributed and loaded. . Therefore, since the local load is not easily applied to the locking lever 1501, the life of the locking lever 1501 can be improved.

The locking lever 1501 has a U-shaped cross section in the thickness direction. Thereby, the locking lever 1501 can be reduced in weight as compared with a configuration in which the cross section in the thickness direction of the locking lever 1501 is solid.

Further, the thickness of the brake portion 1501b in the direction of contacting the handle ring 1430 is thicker than that of the portion other than the brake portion 1501b of the locking lever 1501. As a result, the brake portion 1501b is likely to wear due to contact with the handle ring 1430. However, since the thickness of the brake portion 1501b in contact with the handle ring 1430 is increased, the wear resistance of the brake portion 1501b is improved. can do.

The locking lever 1501 has an obtuse angle (for example, 120) formed by a straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430 to the shaft 1501a and a straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430 to the operation receiving portion 1501c. °). Thereby, the twisting force generated in the locking lever 1501 due to the swinging of the locking lever 1501 can be reduced as compared with the configuration in which the angle is a right angle as in the second basic form. Therefore, since the load on the locking lever 1501 can be reduced, the durability of the locking lever 1501 can be improved. Further, since the distance from the shaft 1501a serving as a fulcrum to the operation receiving portion 1501c serving as a power point is increased, a large locking force with respect to the handle ring 1430 is generated even if the button 1570 is operated with a small force. Therefore, the handle ring 1430 can be easily locked.

In the locking lever 1501, the distance between the shaft 1501a and the operation receiving portion 1501c is larger than the distance between the shaft 1501a and the brake portion 1501b. As a result, even if the button 1570 is operated with a small force, a large locking force with respect to the handle ring 1430 is generated, so that the handle ring 1430 can be locked more easily.

The operation receiving portion 1501c has a flat surface facing the inner lid portion 1530 and projects forward from the opening surface on the front surface side of the through hole 1505. Accordingly, the operation receiving unit 1501c can easily receive the operation of the button 1570.

A protrusion 1537 that protrudes toward the flat surface of the operation receiving portion 1501c is formed at the lower back of the inner lid portion 1530 (FIG. 42B). Thus, when the button 1570 is pressed, the protrusion 1537 makes point contact with the flat surface of the operation receiving portion 1501c, so that the pressing force applied to the button 1570 can be efficiently transmitted to the locking lever 1501. .

A spring attachment portion 1507 for attaching a spring portion of the coil spring 1506 is formed in the lower portion of the front cover base 1500. A through hole 1505 is formed on the left side of the spring mounting portion 1507 adjacent to the spring mounting portion 1507. Also, a spring stopper 1508 that locks the foot 1506 a on one end side of the coil spring 1506 is formed on the rear surface of the front cover base 1500 and to the right of the spring mounting portion 1507. In the configuration without the through-hole 1505, when the spring portion of the coil spring 1506 is attached to the spring attachment portion 1507, the foot 1506 b on the other end side of the coil spring 1506 comes into contact with the front cover base 1500. It is necessary to attach the spring portion of the coil spring 1506 to the spring attachment portion 1507 while keeping the foot 1506a and the foot 1506b on the other end side in a specific state (for example, horizontal state) against the urging force. On the other hand, in this basic form, the spring portion of the coil spring 1506 is attached to the spring attachment portion 1507 while passing the foot 1506b on the other end side of the coil spring 1506 through the through hole 1505, and the foot 1506a on the one end side of the coil spring 1506 is spring-loaded. The portion 1508 may be locked. Therefore, since it is not necessary to hold the coil spring 1506 in a specific state against the urging force, the coil spring 1506 can be easily attached.

The through hole 1505 exposes the operation receiving portion 1501c. That is, the through-hole 1505 is used not only for passing the leg 1506b on the other end side of the coil spring 1506 but also for exposing the operation receiving portion 1501c. Accordingly, since it is not necessary to provide the through-hole 1505 in order to pass the leg 1506b on the other end side of the coil spring 1506, the configuration is simplified and the strength can be prevented from being lowered.

A groove 1501f that penetrates the operation receiving portion 1501c in the left-right direction is formed on the back surface of the operation receiving portion 1501c. The coil spring 1506 has a foot 1506b on the other end side of the coil spring 1506 straddling the operation receiving portion 1501c and locked by a groove 1501f, and biases the operation receiving portion 1501c forward. As a result, both sides of the operation receiving portion 1501c are urged by the foot 1506b on the other end side of the coil spring 1506, so that compared to a configuration in which only one side of the operation receiving portion 1501c is urged as in the second basic form. Thus, the operation receiving portion 1501c can be urged in a balanced manner. Further, since the leg 1506b on the other end side of the coil spring 1506 is locked by the groove 1501f, the coil spring 1506 is not easily dropped from the operation receiving portion 1501c. Therefore, the assembly of the game ball launch handle 42 is further facilitated. Furthermore, since the operation receiving portion 1501c is returned to the initial position by the coil spring 1506 when not in contact with the protrusion 1537, the possibility that the rotation operation of the handle ring 1430 is hindered by the locking lever 1501 can be reduced. it can.

On the other hand, the side 1502a into which the shaft 1501a of the bearing portion 1502 is inserted has a shape that inclines backward as the distance from the bearing portion 1502 increases. As a result, the shaft 1501a can be inserted into the bearing portion 1502 from the back side of the front cover base 1500 so that the shaft 1501a can be easily inserted into the bearing portion 1502.

On the other hand, a screw hole 1509b for screwing a guide column (described later: 1631b) extending in the rotation center axis direction of the handle ring 1430 is formed on the rear surface of the front cover base 1500 and on the left side of the bearing portion 1502. Has been. A screw hole 1509c for screwing a guide column (described later: 1631c) extending in the direction of the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430 is formed on the rear surface of the front cover base 1500 and to the right of the bearing portion 1502. Yes. A screw hole 1509a for screwing a guide column (described later: 1631a) extending in the direction of the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430 is formed in the lower left portion of the back surface of the front cover base 1500. The screw hole 1509a is disposed at an equal distance from the screw hole 1509b and the screw hole 1509c along an arc of the dominant angle formed by straight lines connecting the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430 to the screw hole 1509b and the screw hole 1509c, respectively. ing.

Further, three screw through holes 1510a, 1510b, and 1510c through which screws for screwing the button cover 1550 to the front cover base 1500 are formed in the upper left portion, the right portion, and the lower left portion of the front cover base 1500. Yes. The screw through holes 1510a, 1510b, and 1510c are arranged at equal intervals along an arc centered on the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430. On the other hand, a screw hole column 1555a in which a female screw is formed along the axial center is provided at a position facing the screw through hole 1510a on the back surface of the button cover 1550 (FIG. 41B). Further, a screw hole column 1555b in which a female screw is formed along the axial center is provided at a position facing the screw through hole 1510b on the back surface of the button cover 1550 (FIG. 41B). A screw hole column 1555c in which a female screw is formed along the axis is provided at a position facing the screw through hole 1510c on the back surface of the button cover 1550 (FIG. 41B). As a result, the screw through holes 1510a, 1510b, and 1510c are arranged almost evenly around the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430, so that the button cover 1550 is screwed to the front cover base 1500 with an evenly distributed fastening force. can do. Further, since the button cover 1550 is screwed to the front cover base 1500, there is no need to provide a member for fixing the button cover 1550 to the front cover base 1500 like the claw members 508a and 508b in the second basic form. In addition, the number of parts can be reduced and the structure can be simplified.

The button cover 1550 and the front cover base 1500 are fixed by passing screws through the screw through holes 1510a, 1510b, and 1510c and screwing them into the corresponding screw hole columns 1555a, 1555b, and 1555c.

Next, the configuration of the handle ring 1430 will be described.
FIG. 45 is a front view of the game ball launch handle 42 with the front cover 1450 removed.

As shown in FIG. 45, the handle ring 1430 has a disk shape that covers the front surface of the storage container 1401. The handle ring 1430 includes guide holes 1431a and 1431b formed at the periphery, a shaft hole 1433 formed at the center, screw holes 1432a and 1432b formed around the shaft hole 1433, and a spring stopper projection 1434. It is comprised. The guide holes 1431a and 1431b have an arc shape along the outer edge of the handle ring 1430, and are formed at positions facing each other across the shaft hole 1433.

The storage container 1401 is formed with a guide column 1631a, a guide column 1631b, and a guide column 1631c. All of the guide columns 1631a, 1631b, and 1631c extend from the back surface of the storage container 1401 toward the front surface. The guide columns 1631b and 1631c are arranged close to each other. A guide column 1631a is inserted into the guide hole 1431a. The guide column 1631 a is guided in the guide hole 1431 a as the handle ring 1430 rotates. On the other hand, guide columns 1631b and 1631c are inserted into the guide hole 1431b. The guide columns 1631b and 1631c are guided in the guide hole 1431b as the handle ring 1430 rotates. The range in which the handle ring 1430 can be rotated is limited to a range in which the guide columns 1631a, 1631b, and 1631c can relatively move within the guide holes 1431a and 1431b. In the example of FIG. 45, since each guide hole 1431a, 1431b has an arc shape that extends over a substantially half circumference, the rotation range extends over a substantially half circumference. At the reference angular position (the angular position shown in FIG. 45), the guide column 1631a contacts the end of the guide hole 1431a in the clockwise direction R, and the guide column 1631c contacts the end of the guide hole 1431b in the clockwise direction R. . On the other hand, at the maximum rotation angle position (the angle position when the handle ring 1430 is rotated to the maximum in the clockwise direction R), the guide column 1631a contacts the end portion of the guide hole 1431a in the counterclockwise direction L. The guide column 1631b comes into contact with the end portion in the counterclockwise direction L of the guide hole 1431b.

A brake portion 1501b is inserted between the guide column 1631b and the guide column 1631c. As a result, the number of members that obstruct the disposition of the locking lever 1501 in the handle ring 1430 or the front cover base 1500 can be reduced, so that the straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430 to the axis 1501a and the handle ring 1430 The locking lever 1501 can be arranged so that the angle formed by the straight line connecting the rotation center axis to the operation receiving portion 1501c is an obtuse angle.

On the other hand, the finger hooks 1430a to 1430c protrude forward. As a result, even if a coin or the like is sandwiched in the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550, when the player rotates the handle ring 1430 in that state, the finger hooks 1430a to 1430c come into contact with the coin or the like. , Coins etc. can be expected to drop out. Therefore, the possibility that the operation position of the button 1570 is fixed can be reduced.

The finger hooks 1430a to 1430c protrude to the extended line of the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550. As a result, even if a coin or the like is sandwiched in the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550, when the player rotates the handle ring 1430 in that state, the finger hooks 1430a to 1430c come into contact with the coin or the like. Further, it can be expected that coins and the like are dropped. Therefore, the possibility that the operation position of the button 1570 is fixed can be further reduced.

The distance between the finger cover portions 1430a to 1430c and the button cover 1550 is set so as to come into contact with a coin or the like sandwiched in a gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550. For example, when a coin or the like sandwiched in a gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 protrudes for a predetermined length (for example, 1 [Cm]), the distance between the finger hooks 1430a to 1430c and the button cover 1550 is set to a predetermined length. The following should be set. As a result, even if a coin or the like is sandwiched in the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550, when the player rotates the handle ring 1430 in that state, the finger hooks 1430a to 1430c come into contact with the coin or the like. Further, it can be expected that coins and the like are dropped. Therefore, the possibility that the operation position of the button 1570 is fixed can be further reduced.

Further, the surface where the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 are in contact with each other is inclined toward the handle ring 1430 (FIG. 38). Thereby, it can further be expected that the finger-hanging portions 1430a to 1430c come into contact with coins and the like, and the coins and the like are dropped. Therefore, the possibility that the operation position of the button 1570 is fixed can be further reduced.

On the other hand, a leg 1435a on one end side of the coil spring 1435 is locked to the spring stop projection 1434. On the other hand, a spring stopper 1440 is formed on the side of the guide column 1631a in the counterclockwise direction L. A leg 1435 b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 is locked to the spring stopper 1440. The coil spring 1435 is formed of a metal wire that extends from the spring stopper 1440 toward the shaft hole 1433, rotates around the shaft hole 1433 a plurality of times in the clockwise direction R, and reaches the spring stopper protrusion 1434. The coil spring 1435 biases the handle ring 1430 in the counterclockwise direction L. Therefore, when the player releases his hand from the handle ring 1430, the handle ring 1430 rotates in the counterclockwise direction L and stops at the reference angular position. As a result, as in the first basic form, the coil spring 1435 of the coil spring 1435 can be compared with the configuration in which the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 is locked by the spring stopper column 634 between the guide column 1631b and the guide column 1631c. By forming the spring stopper 1440 for locking the foot 1435b on the other end on the guide column 1631a, the spring column 634 becomes unnecessary. Instead, the brake portion 1501b can be inserted between the guide column 1631b and the guide column 1631c. Accordingly, since the number of components that hinder the rotation of the handle ring 1430 is reduced, the rotation range of the handle ring 1430 can be increased. Further, the rotation range of the handle ring 1430 can be increased by increasing the length of the guide hole 1431b and the guide hole 1431a in the rotation direction, but in this configuration, the distance between the guide hole 1431b and the guide hole 1431a is increased. There is a problem that (thickness) is reduced and the strength of the handle ring 1430 is insufficient. On the other hand, in this basic form, the interval between the guide hole 1431b and the guide hole 1431a is not reduced, so that the rotation range can be increased while maintaining the strength of the handle ring 1430.

FIG. 46 is a front view around the guide column 1631a.
As shown in FIG. 46, the spring stopper 1440 has a flat surface 1440a that is perpendicular to the rotational direction of the handle ring 1430 and the biasing direction of the coil spring 1435, and the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 is a flat surface. Lock with 1440a. Thereby, the leg 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 can be firmly locked. Therefore, the front cover base 1500 can be easily assembled to the handle ring 1430, so that the assembly of the game ball launch handle 42 is further facilitated.

In the spring stopper 1440, the end 1440b of the handle ring 1430 on the inner side in the rotational radial direction is inclined in the biasing direction of the coil spring 1435. In the configuration in which the end of the spring stopper 1440 has a corner, when the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 is locked to the spring stopper 1440, the spring stopper 1440 of the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435. The urging force of the coil spring is concentrated and applied to the portion that hits the end of the coil. On the other hand, in this basic form, since the end 1440b is inclined in the biasing direction of the coil spring, the biasing force of the coil spring 1435 on the portion of the leg 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 that hits the end 1440b and its periphery. Is distributed and loaded. Therefore, it is difficult for a local load to be applied to the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435, so that the life of the coil spring 1435 can be improved.

The spring stopper 1440 is formed in front of the front opening surface of the guide holes 1431a and 1431b, and a step 1440c that locks the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 in the direction of the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430. Have Accordingly, the possibility that the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 obstructs the rotation of the handle ring 1430 can be reduced, so that the rotation range of the handle ring 1430 can be increased.

On the back surface of the front cover base 1500, a spring stopper 1511a that restrains the movement of the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 is formed. The spring stopper 1511a is disposed to face the flat surface 1440a. As a result, the number of members that obstruct the disposition of the locking lever 1501 in the handle ring 1430 or the front cover base 1500 can be reduced, so that the straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430 to the axis 1501a and the handle ring 1430 The locking lever 1501 can be arranged so that the angle formed by the straight line connecting the rotation center axis to the operation receiving portion 1501c is an obtuse angle. Further, the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 can be restrained by the spring stopper 1511a only by assembling the front cover base 1500 to the handle ring 1430. Therefore, the assembly of the game ball launch handle 42 is further facilitated. Further, since the guide column 1631a can be used to restrain the movement of the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435, the structure is simple compared to the configuration in which the spring stopper 1511a has a U-shaped cross section. And space saving can be achieved.

On the back surface of the front cover base 1500, a spring stopper 1511b that restrains the movement of the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 is formed. The spring stopper 1511b is disposed opposite to the spring stopper 1511a and adjacent to the spring stopper 1440. When the front cover base 1500 is assembled to the handle ring 1430, if the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 enters the guide column 1631a, the other end of the coil spring 1435 is interposed between the guide column 1631a and the screw hole 1509a. The side foot 1435b is pinched, which hinders assembly of the game ball launching handle 42. On the other hand, in this basic embodiment, the movement of the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 toward the guide post 1631a can be restrained by the spring stopper 1511b, so that the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 can be restrained. Can be reduced in the guide column 1631a side. Therefore, the assembly of the game ball launch handle 42 is further facilitated.

The leg 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 is locked to the spring stopper 1440 in a state in which the handle ring 1430 is rotated in the rotating direction and the coil spring 1435 is contracted in the contracting direction to maintain the biasing force. Accordingly, since the coil spring 1435 is fixed and attached to the handle ring 1430, the leg 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 is restrained by the spring stopper 1511a only by assembling the front cover base 1500 to the handle ring 1430. Can do. Therefore, the assembly of the game ball launch handle 42 is further facilitated. Further, since the urging force is applied at the reference angle position, the rotation operation position of the handle ring 1430 can be reliably returned to the reference angle position.

Next, the configuration of the handle base 1400 will be described.
47 is a front view of the game ball launching handle 42 from which the handle ring 1430 is further removed from the state shown in FIG.

FIG. 47 shows a storage container 1401. The storage container 1401 has a circular shape when viewed from the front surface, and has a container shape in which the inside is recessed in the back surface direction. The storage container 1401 includes guide struts 1631a to 1631c, a spring stopper strut 1766, and a biasing gear shaft strut 1750 (hereinafter also simply referred to as “biasing gear shaft 1750”). All of the columns 1631a to 1631c, 1766, and 1750 extend from the back surface of the storage container 1401 toward the front surface.

An urging gear 1740 is rotatably attached to the urging gear shaft 1750. Further, a protruding portion DST is provided on the side surface of the biasing gear 1740. When the urging gear 1740 rotates in the clockwise direction R, the urging gear 1740 can rotate to an angular position at which the protrusion DST contacts a stopper (not shown).

A main driving gear 1700 is attached to the center of the storage container 1401. The main gear 1700 is rotatably attached to a bearing portion (described later: 1710) of the storage container 1401. The main driving gear 1700 includes a fixed portion 1700f to which the handle ring 1430 is fixed, and a gear portion 1700g provided on the back side of the fixed portion 1700f. The gear portion 1700g and the urging gear 1740 are engaged at a correct engagement position shown in the drawing.

Note that two screw holes 1702a and 1702b are formed in the fixing portion 1700f. Screw holes 1432a and 1432b are opposed to the screw holes 1702a and 1702b, respectively, and the handle ring 1430 is fixed to the fixing portion 1700f by screws (not shown) penetrating these holes.

A biasing spring 1760 is provided between the biasing gear 1740 and the spring stopper post 1766. The biasing gear 1740 is biased clockwise R by a biasing spring 1760. The main driving gear 1700 is engaged with the biasing gear 1740, and the handle ring 1430 is fixed to the main driving gear 1700. Therefore, the handle ring 1430 is biased in the counterclockwise direction L by the biasing spring 1760. In the configuration in which the handle ring 1430 is urged only by the urging spring 1760, the urging force of the urging spring 1760 must be increased in order to maintain the same urging force, so that the main driving gear 1700 and the urging gear 1740 are worn. Cheap. Further, in the configuration in which the handle ring 1430 is urged only by the coil spring 1435, the teeth of the urging gear 1740 do not always contact the teeth of the main driving gear 1700, so that the backlash between the main driving gear 1700 and the urging gear 1740 causes a backlash. Fine adjustment of the handle ring 1430 becomes difficult. On the other hand, in this basic form, the handle ring 1430 is urged in the counterclockwise direction L by the coil spring 1435 and the urging gear 1740, so that the wear resistance of the main driving gear 1700 and the urging gear 1740 can be improved. Fine adjustment of the handle ring 1430 is facilitated.

The two gears 1700, 1740, a support portion that supports these gears (for example, a biasing gear shaft 1750, a bearing portion that supports the main driving gear 1700 (described later: 1710)), and a biasing spring 1760 are: A gear mechanism 1800 is configured. Compared to the gear mechanism 800 in the first basic form, the gear mechanism 1800 is not provided with the driven gear 720, so that the configuration is simplified and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

In addition, a firing stop switch 1620 is fixed to the storage container 1401. The firing stop switch 1620 is operated by the firing stop switch operation unit 1410.

Next, a configuration in which the main driving gear 1700 and the urging gear 1740 are engaged with each other will be described.
FIG. 48 is a perspective view showing the main driving gear 1700 and the urging gear 1740 engaged with each other.

As shown in FIG. 48, the main driving gear 1700 has a support shaft 1700h that protrudes from the center of the fixed portion 1700f toward the front surface. The support shaft 1700 h is inserted into the shaft hole 1433.

FIG. 48 shows the variable resistor VR. The variable resistor VR is fixed inside the support portion 1402. The variable resistor VR has an urging gear shaft 1750. The urging gear shaft 1750 extends through the storage container 1401 toward the front surface.

The variable resistor VR is connected to the firing control unit 243b. The launch control by the launch controller 243b is adjusted according to the resistance value of the variable resistor VR.

In this basic form, the rotation axis R1700 of the main driving gear 1700 and the rotation axis R1740 of the biasing gear 1740 are parallel to each other. Any of the rotation axes R1700 and R1740 is parallel to the direction from the back surface to the front surface. Further, the teeth (tooth gaps) of the gears 1700 and 1740 extend in parallel with the rotation axis.

Next, the configuration of the storage container 1401 will be described.
FIG. 49 is a perspective view showing a schematic configuration inside (front side) of the storage container 1401. FIG. 49 is viewed from the same direction as the perspective view of FIG.

FIG. 49 shows a bearing portion 1710, a biasing gear shaft 1750, and a spring stopper post 1766. The other components (for example, the guide column 1631a in FIG. 45) are not shown. Note that a notch 1401v provided on the side surface of the storage container 1401 is for bringing the end of the firing stop switch operation unit 1410 out of the storage container 1401.

The bearing portion 1710 has a hollow cylindrical shape extending from the back surface of the storage container 1401 toward the front surface. As will be described later, a main drive gear 1700 is rotatably inserted into a hole 1710 h formed inside the bearing portion 1710. A groove 1710 a extending from the back surface of the storage container 1401 toward the front surface is formed inside the bearing portion 1710.

Next, the configuration of the main driving gear 1700 will be described.
FIG. 50 is a diagram showing a configuration of the main driving gear 1700. FIG. 50A is a perspective view of the main driving gear 1700 viewed from the rear. FIG. 50B is a rear view of the main driving gear 1700.

As shown in FIG. 50, the main driving gear 1700 has a protruding shaft 1700j extending from the center of the fixed portion 1700f toward the back surface. The protruding shaft 1700j is inserted into the bearing portion 1710. Further, a protruding portion 1700jt is provided on the side surface of the end portion of the protruding shaft 1700j. The protrusion 1700jt protrudes in a predetermined direction D1 outward from the center of the protrusion shaft 1700j (rotation axis R1700) when viewed from the back. The protruding portion 1700jt is passed through the groove 1710a when the protruding shaft 1700j is inserted into the bearing portion 1710.

The teeth of the gear portion 1700g are formed on a virtual arc 1700a that extends over a substantially half circumference around the protruding shaft 1700j, and extend from the back surface of the fixed portion 1700f toward the back surface of the storage container 1401. The arc 1700a corresponds to the rotation range of the main driving gear 1700 (that is, the handle ring 1430). In other words, the arc 1700a is the same as the range that can be engaged with the biasing gear 1740 by the rotation of the handle ring 1430.

The gear portion 1700g is configured to include low tooth portions 1700gn1 and 1700gn2 having a low tooth height and high tooth portions 1700gw having a high tooth height. Here, the tooth height means the height of one tooth. In the example of FIG. 50 (a), since the teeth extend in parallel with the rotation axis R1700, the tooth height represents the length along the rotation axis R1700, that is, the length in the direction from the back surface to the front surface. Yes.

In this basic form, the tooth heights of the low tooth portions 1700gn1 and 1700gn2 are the same. Further, the teeth of the high tooth portion 1700 gw (two teeth in the examples of FIGS. 50A and 50B) protrude to the back side from the other teeth. These tooth portions are arranged on the arc 1700a in the order of a low tooth portion 1700gn1, a high tooth portion 1700gw, and a low tooth portion 1700gn2. The low tooth portion 1700 gn 2 is inserted into the tooth groove of the biasing gear 1740 when the main driving gear 1700 is assembled.

Next, the configuration of the urging gear 1740 will be described.
FIG. 51 is a diagram showing a configuration of the urging gear 1740. FIG. 51A is a perspective view of the urging gear 1740 as viewed from the front. FIG. 51 (b) is a front view of the urging gear 1740.

As shown in FIG. 51, the urging gear 1740 is a cylindrical gear. A through shaft hole 1740 h is formed at the center of the urging gear 1740. The through-shaft hole 1740 h is fitted to the biasing gear shaft 1750. The through-shaft hole 1740h and the urging gear shaft 1750 have substantially the same cross section, and the shape thereof is a shape in which a part of the circular shape is cut off by a straight string. Accordingly, when the biasing gear 1740 is assembled to the biasing gear shaft 1750, the relative angular position between the biasing gear 1740 and the biasing gear shaft 1750 is uniquely determined. When the urging gear 1740 rotates, the urging gear shaft 1750 is prevented from slipping. In addition, as a shape of a cross section, not only the shape shown in FIG. 51 but other arbitrary shapes are employable. For example, an isosceles triangle may be adopted. However, it is preferable that the relative angular position between the biasing gear 1740 and the biasing gear shaft 1750 is uniquely determined. In other words, a shape in which the rotationally symmetric angle is only 360 degrees is preferable. Further, when the urging gear shaft 1750 is press-fitted into the through-shaft hole 1740h, a circle may be adopted as the cross-sectional shape.

Teeth are provided on the entire circumference of the biasing gear 1740. The end portion of the back side of some tooth spaces is filled with a flange 1740f. The remaining tooth gap 1740p (two tooth gaps in the example of FIG. 51) is not provided with a brim. When the main driving gear 1700 is engaged with the urging gear 1740, the teeth of the high tooth portion 1700gw are inserted into these bristleless tooth grooves 1740p.

Note that a chamfering process is applied to the end portion on the front side of the teeth of the biasing gear 1740. This is because the teeth of the main driving gear 1700 are smoothly inserted when the main driving gear 1700 is engaged.

A spring retaining groove 1740a for engaging the biasing spring 1760 is formed in the protruding portion DST. The urging spring 1760 is formed of a metal wire that extends from the spring retaining column 1766 toward the urging gear shaft 1750 and rotates around the urging gear shaft 1750 in the counterclockwise direction L to reach the spring retaining groove 1740a. Has been.

[Operation]
Next, the operation of this basic form will be described.
FIG. 52 is a view for explaining the operation of the game ball launch handle 42. FIG. 52A shows a state before the button 1570 is pressed. FIG. 52B shows a state where the button 1570 is pressed.

The handle ring 1430 is applied with an urging force to return the rotation operation position of the handle ring 1430 to the reference angular position by the coil spring 1435. Therefore, when the player rotates the handle ring 1430, the coil spring 1435 It is necessary to rotate the handle ring 1430 to a certain rotation operation position against the urging force and hold it at the rotation operation position. When the handle ring 1430 is rotated, the launch control unit 243b controls the launch intensity of the game ball in accordance with the turning amount of the handle ring 1430, and the game ball launching apparatus 110 launches the game ball into the game area.

At this time, when the player presses the button 1570 with the palm of the hand, as shown in FIG. 52, the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 swing around the upper end portion of the front cover base 1500, and the projection portion 1537 becomes the operation receiving portion. 1501c is contacted and the operation receiving part 1501c is pressed. When the operation receiving portion 1501c is pressed, the locking lever 1501 rotates, and the brake portion 1501b presses the inner peripheral surface 1438 of the handle ring 1430 outward in the radial direction, thereby locking the handle ring 1430.

〔effect〕
In this way, in this basic form, the locking lever 1501 supports the shaft 1501a with the bearing portion 1502, while the operation receiving portion 1501c faces the through hole 1505 from the back side of the front cover base 1500, and the coil spring 1506 By urging the operation receiving portion 1501c forward, the operation receiving portion 1501c is assembled to the front cover base 1500.

Thus, once the locking lever 1501 is assembled to the front cover base 1500, the shaft 1501a is supported on the front side of the front cover base 1500, and the operation receiving portion 1501c is urged forward, so that the locking lever 1501 Is fixed to the back surface of the front cover base 1500 and is difficult to drop off from the front cover base 1500. Therefore, the assembly of the game ball launch handle 42 is facilitated.

Further, in this basic mode, a coil spring 1435 is provided for applying a biasing force to the handle ring 1430 to return the rotational operation position of the handle ring 1430 to the reference angular position, and the handle ring 1430 has a foot 1435a on one end side of the coil spring 1435. The front cover base 1500 includes spring stoppers 1511a and 1511b that restrain the movement of the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435.

As a result, as in the first basic form, the coil spring 1435 of the coil spring 1435 can be compared with the configuration in which the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435 is locked by the spring stopper column 634 between the guide column 1631b and the guide column 1631c. By restraining the movement of the foot 1435b on the other end side by the spring stoppers 1511a and 1511b, the spring stopper column 634 becomes unnecessary. Instead, the brake portion 1501b can be inserted between the guide column 1631b and the guide column 1631c. Accordingly, since the number of components that hinder the rotation of the handle ring 1430 is reduced, the rotation range of the handle ring 1430 can be increased.

Further, the rotation range of the handle ring 1430 can be increased by increasing the length of the guide hole 1431b and the guide hole 1431a in the rotation direction, but in this configuration, the distance between the guide hole 1431b and the guide hole 1431a is increased. And the strength of the handle ring 1430 is insufficient. On the other hand, in this basic form, the interval between the guide hole 1431b and the guide hole 1431a is not reduced, so that the rotation range can be increased while maintaining the strength of the handle ring 1430.

Further, in this basic form, the inner lid 1530 faces the opening 1551 from the back side of the button cover 1550, and the button 1570 faces the opening 1551 from the front side of the button cover 1550. The button 1570 is attached to the inner lid 1530 so as to be swingable in the front-rear direction across the opening 1551.

As a result, the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 have a double structure, and the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 are swung across the opening 1551, so that there is no inner lid portion 1530 as in the second basic form. Compared to a configuration in which only the button 1570 is swung, the possibility that a finger's flesh is caught in the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 can be reduced.

[Other basic forms]
In the first basic embodiment, the button cover 540 is formed with the opening 542, and the button cover 540 is attached to the button 520 so that the front surface of the button 520 is exposed from the opening 542. The configuration is not limited to that shown in FIG.

FIG. 53 is a horizontal sectional view of a game ball launching handle 41 showing a modification of the first basic form.

As shown in FIG. 53, the button 520 is fitted inside the button cover 540. A claw portion 540 a that protrudes rearward is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the button cover 540. On the other hand, a claw receiving portion 520a that receives the claw portion 540a is formed on the outer peripheral surface of the button 520 on the radially outer side. The button 520 and the button cover 540 are attached by receiving the claw portion 540a by the claw receiving portion 520a. Thereby, since the button 520 is restrained from moving forward at the reference position, it can be restrained from moving forward with a simple configuration.

The front surface of the button 520 is flat. A button front cover 526 is attached to the front surface of the button 520. The button front cover 526 is fixed to the button 520 with a screw. The button front cover 526 has a hemispherical shape that covers the entire front surface of the button 520 and protrudes forward. Further, the back surface of the button front cover 526 has a larger diameter than the front surface of the button 520.

When the button front cover 526 is not present, when a coin or the like is screwed into the gap W1 between the outer peripheral surface of the button 520 and the inner peripheral surface of the button cover 540, the operation position of the button 520 is fixed and the button 520 is not pressed. It is assumed that a game will be played. On the other hand, in the configuration of FIG. 53, since the button front cover 526 covers the entire front surface of the button 520 and has a larger diameter than the button 520, it is possible to prevent coins and the like from being screwed into the gap W1. .

53, a gap W2 is formed between the back surface of the button front cover 526 and the front surface of the button cover 540. Even if a coin or the like is screwed into the gap W2, the button front cover 526 is moved forward. Since it is only pressed, the possibility that the operation position of the button 520 is fixed can be reduced. Even if a coin or the like is screwed into the gap W2, the coin or the like comes into contact with the side surface of the button 520, so that the possibility that the coin or the like is buried in the game ball launching handle 41 can be reduced.

Further, the back surface of the button front cover 526 has a larger diameter than the opening of the button cover 540.

When the back surface of the button front cover 526 has a diameter smaller than or similar to the opening of the button cover 540, the player presses the palm against the button front cover 526 and operates the game ball launch handle 41, so the gap W2 It is assumed that the finger meat is caught between the two. On the other hand, in the configuration of FIG. 53, since the back surface of the button front cover 526 has a larger diameter than the opening of the button cover 540, it is possible to reduce the possibility of finger meat being caught in the gap W2. .

The gap W2 is set to be larger than the gap W3 between the back surface of the claw receiving portion 520a and the front surface of the front cover base 500. As a result, even when the button 520 is pressed down to the maximum, the gap W2 remains, so that the possibility of finger meat being caught in the gap W2 can be further reduced.

Further, in the first basic form, the button 520 is configured to be swingable in the front-rear direction with the upper end portion as an axis, but is not limited thereto, and the following configuration can be adopted.

The first configuration is a configuration in which the game ball launch handle 41 (front surface in FIG. 14) is attached upward. The button 520 is attached so as to be swingable in the vertical direction. At this time, the shaft 522a may be a rear end portion of the button 520, but is not limited thereto, and may be a portion other than the front end portion, the left end portion, and the right end portion of the button 520. However, in the rotation range of the handle ring 430, the position of the shaft 522a is such that the contact surface facing direction of the finger hooks 430b and 430c and the direction of the button 520 on the outer side of the swinging radial direction coincide at any angular position. Is preferably set.

As a result, the button 520 can be pressed downward, and the button 520 can be effectively used by utilizing the force applied to the game ball launch handle 41 while the player puts his hand on the game ball launch handle 41. Can be operated. Therefore, the operation of the button 520 is facilitated.

The second configuration is a configuration in which the game ball launching handle 41 (front surface in FIG. 14) is attached forward as in the first basic form. The button 520 is attached so as to be swingable in the front-rear direction. At this time, the shaft 522a may be a lower end portion, a left end portion, a right end portion or other portions of the button 520. However, in the rotation range of the handle ring 430, the position of the shaft 522a is such that the contact surface facing direction of the finger hooks 430b and 430c and the direction of the button 520 on the outer side of the swinging radial direction coincide at any angular position. Is preferably set.

As a result, the button 520 can be pressed backward, and the button 520 can be effectively used by utilizing the force applied to the game ball launch handle 41 while the player holds his / her hand on the game ball launch handle 41. Can be operated. Therefore, the operation of the button 520 is facilitated.

In the first basic form, the shaft 522a is provided at the upper end of the button 520. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the shaft 522a is further inside the game ball launching handle 41 than the upper end of the button 520. It can also be provided.

As a result, the distance from the shaft 522a serving as the fulcrum to the front surface of the button 520 serving as the power point increases, so even if the button 520 is pressed with a small force, the handle ring 430 can be compared with the first basic configuration. A large locking force is generated. Therefore, the handle ring 430 can be easily locked.

In the first basic mode, the return of the handle ring 430 is regulated by pressing the button 520. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the following configuration can be adopted.

The first configuration is a configuration that regulates the return of the handle ring 430 by the player pulling the button 520. A handle may be provided on the button 520 so that it can be easily pulled.

As a result, when the player pulls the button 520, the locking member 506 restricts the handle ring 430 from returning to the reference angular position, so that it is easy to fix the firing strength and even if the game is played for a long time. It is hard to get tired and can reduce the burden on the player.

In the second configuration, the game ball launch handle 41 is configured to be tiltable, and the return of the handle ring 430 is regulated by the player tilting the game ball launch handle 41. In this case, when the player releases his / her hand from the game ball launch handle 41, the game ball launch handle 41 is moved to the initial position (for example, the game ball launch handle 41 is faced to the front) so that the handle ring 430 returns to the initial position. It is preferable to add an urging force for returning to a facing position.

As a result, when the player tilts the game ball launch handle 41, the locking member 506 restricts the handle ring 430 from returning to the reference angular position. The player is less tired and can reduce the burden on the player. In addition, the force applied to the game ball launch handle 41 in a state where the player puts his hand on the game ball launch handle 41 becomes a downward load, and the game ball launch handle 41 can be operated. The handle 41 can be easily operated.

Further, in the first basic form, the locking member 506 has a leaf spring shape so as to generate a biasing force that causes the other end portion to return to a position where it does not contact the inner front surface 436 of the handle ring 430 when not in contact with the protruding portion 524. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the leaf spring may not be formed. In this case, for example, the locking member 506 may be attached so that the other end of the locking member 506 returns to a position where it does not contact the inner front surface 436 of the handle ring 430 when the locking member 506 is not in contact with the protrusion 524.

Further, in the first basic form, the angular position of the button 520 does not change even when the handle ring 430 is rotated. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and is integrated or interlocked with the rotation of the handle ring 430. The button 520 can also be configured to rotate. When the angular position of the button 520 is always constant, the direction of the force applied to the button 520 changes depending on the rotational operation position of the handle ring 430, but by rotating integrally or in conjunction with the handle ring 430, A change in the direction of the force applied to the button 520 can be reduced. Accordingly, since the button 520 can be operated by effectively using the force pressed by the player, the operation of the button 520 is further facilitated.

In the first basic form, the texture of the button 520 is not particularly described. However, the button 520 may be operated for a long time, and it is preferable that the texture is comfortable for the player. For example, it is conceivable to improve the texture by attaching powder beads (registered trademark) to the surface.

In the first basic embodiment, the button 520 is configured to perform an operation for restricting the return of the handle ring 430. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, a handle, dial, switch, slider, lever, pedal It can be configured as a controller or a touch panel. When configured with a lever, it is conceivable to provide an armrest portion on which the player's elbow is placed and to connect one end of the lever to the armrest portion. Thereby, since the player can fix the rotation operation position of the handle ring 430 only by putting an elbow on the armrest portion, the burden on the player can be reduced. In the case where the pedal is configured, the player can fix the rotation operation position of the handle ring 430 only by stepping on the pedal, so that the burden on the player can be reduced.

In the first basic form, the handle ring 430 is configured to perform an operation for adjusting the firing intensity. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and for example, a button, a switch, a slider, a lever, a pedal, a controller, or a touch panel Can be configured.

Further, in the first basic form, the configuration of the main driving gear 700 and the driven gear 720 is not limited to the above configuration, and other various configurations can be adopted. For example, the primary gear is provided with a restraining portion that fills a part of the tooth gap, and the driven gear has a first type tooth that lacks a portion that should contact the restraining portion and a portion that does not lack a portion that should contact the restraining portion. Two kinds of teeth may be provided. Here, the second type tooth is configured to stop the rotation of each gear by contacting the stop portion only when the main driving gear and the driven gear are engaged with each other at an erroneous engagement position.

In any case, the position of the restraining portion may be the end of the tooth gap, or may be in the middle of the tooth gap. However, the restraining part provided in the middle of the tooth gap often interferes with the formation of the tooth gap by die cutting or excavation. Therefore, if a stop is provided at the end of the tooth gap, the gear can be easily manufactured. In addition, the first type tooth may be partially missing, or may be formed of only continuous teeth extending to the front of the restraining portion. However, the notch provided in the middle of the tooth often hinders tooth formation by die cutting or excavation. Therefore, if the first type teeth are formed only with continuous teeth extending to the front of the stop portion, the gear can be easily manufactured. Similarly, it is preferable that the second type tooth is formed by only continuous teeth extending to a position in contact with the restraining portion.

In the first basic form, the direction in which the urging gear 740 is urged is not limited to the counterclockwise direction L but may be the clockwise direction R. Further, the configuration of the urging gear 740 is not limited to the configuration of FIG. 25, and any configuration can be adopted. For example, teeth may be provided over the entire circumference of the outer peripheral portion 740o. In this case, the protruding portion DST may be provided on the upper surface or the lower surface of the outer peripheral portion 740o.

In the first basic form, the stopper ST and the protruding portion DST may be omitted. In this case, when the driven gear 720 is incorporated, it is preferable that the angular position of the urging gear 740 is maintained at a predetermined angular position by separately applying a force to the urging gear 740. Further, as a configuration of the biasing spring 760, when the angular position of the biasing gear 740 is a predetermined angular position, a configuration in which the biasing force is not applied to the biasing gear 740 by extending the biasing spring 760. May be adopted. Thereby, even if there is no stopper ST, the angular position of the urging gear 740 can be held at a predetermined angular position by the urging spring 760. Also in this case, when the biasing gear 740 rotates in the clockwise direction R, a biasing force is applied to the biasing gear 740.

In the first basic form, the urging gear 740 may be omitted. In this case, the angular position of the driven gear 720 can be set to an arbitrary position. However, the main driving gear 700 is mounted in a state where the angular position of the driven gear 720 is held at a predetermined angular position. That is, the main driving gear 700 and the driven gear 720 are engaged with each other at a predetermined correct engagement position.

However, in order to facilitate fine control of the firing strength of the game ball launching handle 41, it is preferable to bias the driven gear 720 in one direction. For example, the driven gear 720 may be provided with an urging portion.

In the first basic form, the first fitting portion and the second fitting portion for fitting the main driving gear 700 to the main driving support portion (for example, the bearing portion 710 in FIG. 22) at a predetermined angular position. As a structure, not only the structure using the groove | channel 710a and the projection part 700jt but a various structure is employable. For example, a groove may be provided on the projecting shaft 700j of the main driving gear 700, and a protrusion passing through the groove may be provided inside the hole 710h of the bearing portion 710. In general, only when the angular position of the main driving gear 700 is a predetermined positive main driving angular position, the main fitting gear 700 and the main driving support section are connected by fitting the first fitting section and the second fitting section. Any configuration that can be fitted can be employed.

Moreover, you may abbreviate | omit such a 1st fitting part and a 2nd fitting part. In this case, in order to incorporate the main driving gear 700 at a predetermined angular position, it is preferable to provide a mark on the main driving gear 700 for confirming the angular position.

In the first basic form, the configuration of the game ball launch handle 41 is not limited to the above configuration, and various other configurations can be adopted. For example, other arbitrary configurations can be adopted as the configuration of the gear mechanism such as the size, pitch, and number of teeth of each gear. In the first basic form, the number of bristleless tooth grooves 720p of the driven gear 720 is 2, but when the circular pitch is smaller, the number of bristleless tooth grooves may be set to 3 or more.

In the first basic form, spur gears are employed as the main driving gear 700, the driven gear 720, and the urging gear 740, but other types of gears may be employed. For example, a helical gear may be employed.

Further, in the first basic form, the driven gear 720 is a gear provided on the resistance shaft 730 that changes the resistance value of the variable resistor VR in accordance with the angular position. Various gears can be employed. For example, a gear provided on a shaft for mechanically adjusting the firing strength may be employed. In a gaming machine that launches a game ball using a hammer for striking (not shown) biased by a spring, the firing strength can be adjusted by changing the fixed position of one end of the spring. In this case, the driven gear 720 may be provided on a shaft for mechanically changing the fixed position of the spring. In general, as the driven gear 720, any gear for adjusting the firing strength of the game ball according to the angular position can be employed.

In the second basic form, the locking lever 514 has a coil spring 518 that generates a biasing force that causes the other end to return to a position where it does not contact the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 when not in contact with the protrusion 524. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the coil spring 518 may not be attached. In this case, for example, the locking lever 514 may be attached so that the other end of the locking lever 514 returns to a position where it does not contact the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 when the locking lever 514 is not in contact with the projection 524. .

Moreover, in the 2nd basic form, although applied to the 1st basic form, it can apply similarly to the modification of not only this but a 1st basic form. The same applies to the modification of the second basic form.

In the third basic mode, the touch sensor is provided on both the handle ring 430 and the button 520. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the touch sensor is provided only on one of the handle ring 430 and the button 520. You can also.

Further, in the third basic form, the launch control unit 243b is configured not to allow the launch of the game ball when the touch sensor of the handle ring 430 or the touch sensor of the button 520 does not detect contact. Not limited to this, when contact is not detected by the touch sensor of the handle ring 430 and the touch sensor of the button 520, it may be configured not to permit the launch of the game ball.

With such a configuration, when the button 520 and the handle ring 430 are not touched, the touch of the human body to the button 520 and the handle ring 430 is not detected by both touch sensors. When contact is not detected by both touch sensors, the launch control unit 243b does not allow the launch of the game ball.

As a result, the operation position of the handle ring 430 and the button 520 can be fixed with a coin or the like interposed therebetween, and it is possible to prevent the game from being performed without touching the handle ring 430 and the button 520. Can be realized. In addition, since it is sufficient to touch the handle ring 430 or the button 520, the player can play a game in a posture of touching the handle ring 430 or the button 520, and the degree of freedom of the player's posture can be increased. .

In this case, it can be configured by providing only one detection circuit and connecting the metal portion of the handle ring 430 and the metal portion of the button 520 with a harness or the like. Thereby, a structure becomes simple and an increase in cost can be suppressed.

The third basic form is applied to the first basic form. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the same applies to the modified example of the first basic form and the second basic form and modified example thereof. be able to. The same applies to the modification of the third basic form.

Further, in the fourth basic form, the button-type lever 528 is configured to lock the handle ring 430 by pressing the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 outward in the radial direction, but is limited to this configuration. Not. Instead of the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430, another portion such as the front surface or the back surface may be pressed, and the pressing direction may be pressed radially inward or forward or rearward along the axial direction. May be.

Further, in the fourth basic form, the button-type lever 528 is not limited to the structure that rotates, and may operate differently from the fourth basic form, such as sliding movement. It is preferable that the frictional force generated with respect to the rotation of the handle ring 430 is reduced after the structure is configured to rotate. For example, the shaft 528a may be disposed at the center of gravity of the button-type lever 528 so that no rotational force is generated by its own weight. In this case, since the movable range of the button-type lever 528 can be reduced while reducing the frictional force to zero, the problems associated with the movable operation described above can be reduced.

Further, in the fourth basic form, the button-type lever 528 has a slight gap between the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 and the locking surface 528d of the locking arm 528c at the initial position, for example, With respect to the fourth basic form, the formation position of the shaft 528a of the button-type lever 528 may be further forward. In this case, the frictional force at the initial position can be eliminated.

Further, in the fourth basic form, the button-type lever 528 is not necessarily constituted by one part, but is constituted by combining a plurality of parts, and the player's pressing operation force is applied to the handle ring 430 via a plurality of members. It is good also as a structure to transmit.

In the fourth basic configuration, the locking surface 528d of the locking arm 528c is configured to contact the inner peripheral surface 438 of the handle ring 430 at the initial position. The inner peripheral surface 438 of the 430 may be very close or spaced apart to some extent.

Further, in the fourth basic form, the button-type lever 528 is made of a rigid body such as a metal. However, the present invention is not limited to this and may not be made of a rigid body. For example, it can be composed of ABS resin or the like.

The fourth basic form is applied to the second basic form. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the same applies to the modified example of the second basic form, the first and third basic forms, and the modified example. Can be applied to. The same applies to the modification of the fourth basic form.

In the fifth basic mode, the coil spring 1506 is configured to urge the operation receiving portion 1501c forward from one side. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and two coil springs are used, and the first coil spring is on one side (for example, The operation receiving portion 1501c can be urged forward from the right side, and the operation receiving portion 1501c can be urged forward from the opposite one side (for example, the left side).

Thereby, since both sides of the operation receiving portion 1501c are urged by the first coil spring and the second coil spring, as compared with a configuration in which only one side of the operation receiving portion 1501c is urged, as in the second basic form, The operation receiving portion 1501c can be urged with a good balance.

Further, in the fifth basic form, the depth of the bearing groove of the bearing portion 1502 has not been specifically described, but it is considered that a twisting force is generated due to the locking lever 1501 being bent. Of the bearing grooves of the bearing portion 1502, a shaft having a large torsional force applied by the swinging of the locking lever 1501 (in FIG. 44A, the shaft below the shaft 1501a) (hereinafter referred to as a large torsional force shaft). ) (The lower bearing groove in FIG. 44A) (hereinafter referred to as a large torsion force bearing groove) can be made deeper than the other bearing groove.

Thereby, the torsional force applied to the large torsional force shaft can be relaxed and received by the large torsional force bearing groove. Therefore, since the load on the locking lever 1501 can be reduced, the durability of the locking lever 1501 can be improved.

In the fifth basic embodiment, the thickness of the shaft 1501a is not particularly described. However, considering that the torsional force is generated due to the locking lever 1501 being bent, the shaft 1501a Of the one and the other, the large twisting force axis can be made thicker than the other axis.

Thereby, the durability of the large torsional force shaft can be improved. Therefore, since the load on the locking lever 1501 can be made substantially equal for both shafts, the life of the locking lever 1501 can be improved.

Further, in the fifth basic form, the inclination around the axis of the brake portion 1501b was not particularly described, but considering that a twisting force is generated due to the locking lever 1501 being bent, The brake portion 1501b may have an inclination opposite to the direction of twist caused by the swinging of the locking lever 1501 so that the contact surface of the brake portion 1501b faces the handle ring 1430.

As a result, the brake portion 1501 b comes into surface contact with the handle ring 1430, thereby generating a large locking force with respect to the handle ring 1430. Therefore, the handle ring 1430 can be easily locked.

In the fifth basic form, the operation receiving portion 1501b and the through hole 1505 are arranged on the right side of the through hole 1510c. However, the operation receiving portion 1501b and the through hole 1505 can be arranged on the left side of the screw hole 1509a. In this case, the coil spring 1506 biases the operation receiving portion 1501b from the left side of the operation receiving portion 1501b.

As a result, the brake portion 1501b is inserted between the guide column 1631b and the guide column 1631c, and the operation receiving unit 1501c is located at a position corresponding to the guide column 1631a disposed at an equal distance from the guide column 1631b and the guide column 1631c. Since they are arranged adjacent to each other, an angle formed by a straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430 to the shaft 1501a and a straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430 to the operation receiving portion 1501c is 180 °. The twisting force generated in the locking lever 1501 due to the swinging of the locking lever 1501 can be reduced. Therefore, since the load on the locking lever 1501 can be reduced, the durability of the locking lever 1501 can be improved.

Further, in the fifth basic form, the inner peripheral surface 1438 of the handle ring 1430 and the locking surface of the brake portion 1501b are both flat surfaces, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the inner peripheral surface 1438 of the handle ring 1430. And the unevenness | corrugation which mutually engages can also be formed in the latching surface of the brake part 1501b. Specifically, the following two configurations can be employed.

As a first configuration, a plurality of teeth that protrude inward in the rotational radial direction of the handle ring 1430 are formed on the inner peripheral surface 1438 of the handle ring 1430 along the rotational direction of the handle ring 1430. And the tooth | gear which meshes with the tooth | gear of the handle ring 1430 is formed in the latching surface of the brake part 1501b. As a result, the handle ring 1430 can be firmly locked by the brake portion 1501b, so that the handle ring 1430 can be easily locked.

As a second configuration, a plurality of teeth protruding forward from the handle ring 1430 are formed on the surface orthogonal to the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430 along the rotation direction of the handle ring 1430. Then, the locking lever 1501 is configured so that the brake portion 1501b abuts on a surface orthogonal to the rotation center axis of the handle ring 1430, and teeth that mesh with the teeth of the handle ring 1430 are formed on the locking surface of the brake portion 1501b. Form. As a result, the handle ring 1430 can be firmly locked by the brake portion 1501b, so that the handle ring 1430 can be easily locked.

Further, in the fifth basic form, the shaft 1531 is provided at the upper peripheral edge of the inner lid portion 1530. However, the shaft 1531 is not limited to this, and can be provided at a position corresponding to the peripheral edge of the button 1570 or the outer side.

Thereby, it is difficult to form a gap between the upper portion of the button 1570 and the button cover 1550, and it is possible to further suppress a coin or the like from being screwed into the gap. Further, it is possible to further reduce the possibility that finger flesh is caught in the gap between the upper portion of the button 1570 and the button cover 1550.

Further, in the fifth basic form, the buttons 1570, the inner lid 1530, the locking lever 1501, and other members for locking the handle ring 1430 are provided. Also good. That is, the following configuration of the fifth basic form can be applied to the conventional launch handle. The handle ring 1430 includes a coil spring 1435 that applies an urging force to the handle ring 1430 to return the rotational operation position of the handle ring 1430 to the reference angular position. The handle ring 1430 is a spring-clamping protrusion 1434 that locks the foot 1435a on one end side of the coil spring 1435. The front cover base 1500 includes spring stoppers 1511a and 1511b that restrain the movement of the foot 1435b on the other end side of the coil spring 1435.

In the fifth basic form, the finger hooks 1430a to 1430c are provided as foreign matter removing means for removing the coins and the like inserted in the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550. The following configuration can be adopted as the removing means.

In the first configuration, vibration generating means (for example, a vibrator) that generates vibration is provided in the vicinity of the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550. The vibration generating means may be provided anywhere near the gap. For example, the vibration generating means may be provided on the back surface of the button cover 1550 or on the back surface of the button 1570. In addition, the vibration generating means rotates the handle ring 1430 at a predetermined angular position (for example, an angular position with a firing strength suitable for fixing the handle ring 1430 such that a game ball is launched at the upper left of the game board surface). A vibration may be generated when operated, or a vibration may always be generated regardless of the angular position of the handle ring 1430. As a result, even if a coin or the like is sandwiched in the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550, it can be expected that the coin or the like is dropped by the vibration generating means and the coin or the like is dropped. Therefore, the possibility that the operation position of the button 1570 is fixed can be reduced.

The second configuration pays attention to the fact that the thermal expansion coefficient of the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 is different from the thermal expansion coefficient of a coin or the like, and generates heat in the vicinity of the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550. Heat generating means (for example, a heater or a microwave generator) is provided. The heat generation means may be provided anywhere as long as it is in the vicinity of the gap. For example, the heat generation means may be provided on the back surface of the button cover 1550 or on the back surface of the button 1570. Further, the heat generating means rotates the handle ring 1430 at a predetermined angular position (for example, an angular position with a suitable firing strength for fixing the handle ring 1430 such that a game ball is launched at the upper left of the game board surface). It may be one that generates heat when operated, or one that always generates heat regardless of the angular position of the handle ring 1430. Thus, even if a coin or the like is sandwiched in the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550, the coefficient of thermal expansion of the normal coin or the like is larger, so if the coin or the like is heated by the heat generating means, It can be expected that the coins etc. will expand and the coins will fall off. Therefore, the possibility that the operation position of the button 1570 is fixed can be reduced.

In the third configuration, one of the button cover 1550 and the button 1570 rotates with the rotation of the handle ring 1430, and the obstruction passing through the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550 is defined as the button cover 1550. And one of the buttons 1570. The shape of the inhibition part may be a protrusion, a wave, or an arc. Accordingly, even if a coin or the like is sandwiched in the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550, when the player rotates the handle ring 1430 in that state, the obstructing portion comes into contact with the coin or the like, and the coin or the like Can be expected to drop out. Therefore, the possibility that the operation position of the button 1570 is fixed can be reduced.

In the fourth configuration, one of the button cover 1550 and the button 1570 rotates with the rotation of the handle ring 1430, and is one of the button cover 1550 and the button 1570 between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550. The trajectory of the surface facing the gap is assumed to be non-circular (for example, a triangle or other polygon, or a shape obtained by cutting a part of a circular arc with a straight line). Thus, even if a coin or the like is sandwiched in the gap between the button 1570 and the button cover 1550, when the player rotates the handle ring 1430 in that state, the surface facing the gap comes into contact with the coin or the like. , Coins etc. can be expected to drop out. Therefore, the possibility that the operation position of the button 1570 is fixed can be reduced.

Further, in the first to fifth basic forms, the launch control unit 243b is configured to be provided in the power supply and launch control device 243, but is not limited thereto, and may be configured to be provided or connected to the payout control device 242. it can.

Further, in the first to fifth basic forms, the winning prize to the start winning opening 84a is set to be held up to 4 times at the maximum, but not limited to this, the number of times is 3 times or less or 5 times or more ( For example, it can be set to hold up to 8 times). Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 93, it is not necessary to perform the lighting display by the holding lamp 95a.

Further, in the first to fifth basic forms, the winning to the start winning opening 84b is set to be held up to 4 times at the maximum, but not limited to this, the number of times is 3 times or less or 5 times or more ( For example, it can be set to hold up to 8 times). Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 93, it is not necessary to perform the lighting display by the holding lamp 95b.

Further, in the first to fifth basic forms, the passage of the through gate 85 is set to be suspended up to a maximum of 4 times, but this is not limiting, and the number of times is 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example, It can also be set to hold up to 8 times). In addition, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the special symbol display device 93, the hold lamp 96 may not be provided, and the hold lamp 96 may not perform the lighting display.

In the first to fifth basic forms, the normal symbol variation display is configured to be performed by switching the lamp on and off in the display unit 94a. Or it can also comprise so that it may perform using the production symbol display apparatus 91. FIG. Similarly, a lighting display corresponding to lighting of the hold lamp 96 may be performed by the effect symbol display device 91.

Further, in the first to fifth basic forms, when a big hit is made, the big winning opening 83a that is normally closed is opened for a predetermined time, and when a gaming ball wins the big winning opening 83a, 15 gaming balls are obtained. Although configured to be paid out as a prize ball, the jackpot is not limited to this. A big prize opening that is opened and closed separately from the big prize opening 83a is provided in the game area. When a big hit is made, the big prize opening 83a is opened for a predetermined time, and when a game ball wins the big prize opening 83a, what is the big prize opening 83a? It is also possible to configure a game state in which a separately provided special winning opening is opened for a predetermined time and a predetermined number of times as a jackpot.

In the first to fifth basic forms, the main control device 162, the payout control device 242, the sound lamp control device 143, the display control device 302, and the effect symbol display device 91 transmit and receive data using electrical signals. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and data can be transmitted and received by optical communication. Further, the present invention is not limited to wired communication, and data can be transmitted and received by wireless communication using radio waves or infrared rays.

In the first to fifth basic forms, the sound lamp control device 143 is configured to control the display control device 302. Instead, the display control device 302 controls the sound lamp control device 143. It can also be configured as follows. Further, instead of the sound lamp control device 143 and the display control device 302, a single control device having both functions of the sound lamp control device 143 and the display control device 302 may be provided.

In the first to fifth basic forms, the main control device 162 sends a command to the sound lamp control device 143, so that the main control device 162 indirectly connects the display control device 302 via the sound lamp control device 143. However, the main control device 162 may directly control the display control device 302 by transmitting a command directly to the display control device 302.

Further, in the first to fifth basic forms, the launch handle can be applied to other types of pachinko machines and the like. For example, a pachinko machine that unlocks a predetermined number of times when a game ball wins in a specific area of a special device, a pachinko machine that wins a bonus when a game ball wins a specific area of a special device, and other objects The present invention can also be applied to a pachinko machine, an arrangement ball machine, a sparrow ball, and other types of pachinko machines equipped with the above. Further, the present launching handle can be applied to a pachinko machine or the like that does not rent game balls through the ball lending device Y.

Further, there is a possibility that the present invention can be applied to other gaming machines such as slot machines. For example, a slot machine is a known machine in which a symbol is changed by operating a control lever in a state where a symbol effective line is determined by inserting coins, and a symbol is stopped and fixed by operating a stop button. It is. Therefore, as a basic concept of the slot machine, “a display device that displays the identification information after variably displaying the identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information is provided, and the operation means for starting (for example, the operation lever) is operated. As a trigger, the identification information variation display is started, the operation of the operation means for stop (for example, the stop button) is triggered, or when a predetermined time elapses, the variation display of the identification information is stopped and fixedly displayed. When the combination of identification information at the time of the stop is a specific one, it becomes a slot machine that generates a special prize state that gives a player a predetermined game value. In this case, coins and medals are typically used as game media, but the launch handle is applied to all gaming machines that have a function of firing the game media and may wish to maintain the firing strength. be able to.

The launch handle can also be applied to a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are integrated. As a basic concept of a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are fused, “a display device for confirming and displaying identification information after variably displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information is provided, For example, after a predetermined amount of game ball is inserted based on the operation of the button, the change display of the identification information is started by the operation of the start operation unit (for example, the operation lever), and the stop operation unit (for example, the stop) Button) or when a predetermined period of time has passed, the change display of the identification information is stopped and confirmed, and if the combination of the identification information at the time of the stop is a specific combination, A gaming machine that generates a special prize state that gives a predetermined gaming value. In this case, a large amount of game balls are paid out to the player in the lower tray.

In addition, the first basic embodiment is modified in other variations of the first basic embodiment, the second basic embodiment and its modification, the third basic embodiment and its modification, the fourth basic embodiment and its modification. The present invention can be similarly applied to the modified example, the fifth basic mode, and the modified example.

In addition, the modification of the second basic form includes other modifications of the second basic form, the first basic form and its modification, the third basic form and its modification, the fourth basic form and its modification. The present invention can be similarly applied to the modified example, the fifth basic mode, and the modified example.

In addition, the third basic form is modified in other modified examples of the third basic form, the first basic form and its modified example, the second basic form and its modified example, the fourth basic form and its modified example. The present invention can be similarly applied to the modified example, the fifth basic mode, and the modified example.

In addition, the modification of the fourth basic form includes other modifications of the fourth basic form, the first basic form and its modification, the second basic form and its modification, the third basic form and its The present invention can be similarly applied to the modified example, the fifth basic mode, and the modified example.

In addition, the fifth basic form is modified in other forms of the fifth basic form, the first basic form and its modified example, the second basic form and its modified example, the third basic form and its modified example. The present invention can be similarly applied to the modified example, the fourth basic mode, and the modified example.

In the gaming machine of the basic form and its modification described above, the handle ring 430 rotated to a certain rotation angle by the player pressing the button 520 of the front cover 450 of the game ball launching handle 41 with the palm of the hand. Is intended to reduce the burden on the player by restricting the handle ring from returning to the reference angular position.
However, depending on the player, the pressing operation of the button 520 of the front cover 450 may still be felt as a burden, and a device for further reducing the burden on the player is demanded. In addition, when a player hits a right-handed or non-stop temporarily while firing a game ball with a launch strength aiming at a certain position on the game board surface, such as a ceiling nail, the game ball is aimed again at a certain position on the game board surface. There is also a need to easily return to operation.

Therefore, in the embodiment group described below, the above-described game ball launch handle is further improved, and the handle base operation that can easily maintain the launch strength of the game ball and can further reduce the burden on the player. Even if a player hits the game ball with the launch intensity of the game ball launching handle of the gaming machine equipped with the mechanism and the launch strength aiming at a certain position of the game board surface, and temporarily stops right and stops the game board surface, A game ball launching handle of the gaming machine of the present invention having a handle base operation mechanism that can easily return to the launching operation of the game ball aimed at a certain position will be described. In addition, about the location already demonstrated above, the overlapping description is abbreviate | omitted by using a common code | symbol.
Hereinafter, among the handle base operation mechanisms, first, the handle base operation mechanism for easily maintaining the launch strength of the game ball at a desired strength by fixing the handle ring by utilizing the weight of the player's hand. The embodiment will be described, and after that, even if the player temporarily turns right or stops in place of the function based on the handle base operation mechanism or as a function added to the function based on the handle base operation mechanism, the game is again played. An embodiment of a handle base operation mechanism for enabling easy return to a game ball launching operation aimed at a certain position on the board will be described.

[Embodiment]
FIG. 54 is an exploded perspective view of the game ball launch handle 2041.

As shown in FIG. 54, the game ball launching handle 2041 includes a handle base 460, a handle ring 430, and a front cover 450.

The handle base 460 includes a storage container 461 and a support portion 462 that is assembled on the back side of the storage container 461 so that the attachment angle of the storage container 461 can be changed. The support portion 462 is formed to have an elliptical cylindrical shape by combining two members divided into left and right. The rear end side of the support portion 462 is fixed to the pachinko machine 10 (not shown).

  FIG. 55 shows a perspective view (a) of the handle ring viewed from the front side and a perspective view (b) of the handle ring viewed from the back side, and FIG. 56 shows a front view of the game ball launch handle 2041 with the front cover 450 removed. It was.

The handle ring 430 has a disk shape that partially covers the front surface of the storage container 461, and is rotatably attached to the front surface of the storage container 461. The handle ring 430 increases the firing strength of the game ball when the player rotates the handle ring 430 in the clockwise direction.
The handle ring 430 includes guide holes 431a and 431b provided at the periphery, a shaft hole 433 provided in the center, and screw holes 432a and 432b provided around the shaft hole 433. . The two guide holes 431a and 431b each have an arc shape along the outer edge of the handle ring 430, and are formed at positions facing each other across the shaft hole 433.

In FIG. 56, the columns 631a, 631b, and 631c are shown in black. All of the columns 631a, 631b, and 631c extend from the back surface of the storage container 461 toward the front surface. A guide column 631a is inserted into the guide hole 431a. Similarly, guide columns 631b and 631c are inserted into the guide hole 431b. The guide columns 631a, 631b, 631c are guided in the guide holes 431a, 431b as the handle ring 430 rotates. The range in which the handle ring 430 can rotate is limited to a range in which the guide columns 631a, 631b, and 631c are relatively movable in the guide holes 431a and 431b. In the example of FIG. 56, each guide hole 431a, 431b has an arc shape that extends over a substantially half circumference, so that the rotation range extends over a substantially half circumference.

As shown in FIG. 55, a main drive gear 700 having a projecting shaft 700j extending through the shaft hole 433 of the handle ring 430 is attached to the handle ring 430 on the back side thereof. The main driving gear 700 is substantially the same as that shown in FIG. The main driving gear 700 is rotatably attached to a bearing portion (described later: 710) of the storage container 461. The main driving gear 700 includes a fixed portion 700f to which the handle ring 430 is fixed and a gear portion 700g provided on the back side of the fixed portion 700f.

Two screw holes 702a and 702b are formed in the fixing portion 700f. Screw holes 432a and 432b are respectively opposed to the screw holes 702a and 702b, and the fixing portion 700f of the main driving gear 700 is fixed to the handle ring 430 by screws (not shown) penetrating these holes.

  54 is attached to the front surface of the handle ring 430. The front cover 450 shown in FIG. The front cover 450 has a hemispherical shape that protrudes forward. The front cover 430 is assembled so as to sandwich the handle base storage container 461 and the handle ring 430 in a freely rotatable manner, and screws (not shown) penetrating in the axial direction with the tip portions of the guide columns 631a, 631b, 631c as a base. ). That is, even when the handle ring 430 rotates, the storage container 461 and the front cover 450 do not rotate.

FIG. 57 is a perspective view (a) of the handle base and its accessories seen from the front side and a perspective view (b) seen from the back side.
FIG. 58 is a front view of the handle base and its accessories.

Next, the configuration of the handle base 460 and the like will be described. As shown in FIG. 54, the handle base 460 includes a storage container 461 and a support portion 462 that is assembled so that the attachment angle of the storage container 461 can be changed.
As shown in FIG. 57, the outer shape of the storage container 461 has a circular shape when viewed from the front, and has a bowl shape in which the inside is recessed in the rear direction. The storage container 461 has a circular frame-shaped outer peripheral wall 2011 that forms its outer shape, and an outer peripheral edge and an inner peripheral wall 2013 that stands up in the storage container with an interval of about 3 mm. A notch for attaching a handle holder 2015 to be described later is formed in the lower part of the inner peripheral wall 2013.
As shown in FIG. 58, inside the inner peripheral wall 2013 of the storage container 461, guide struts 631a to 631c, spring stopper struts 766, and a stopper wall ST (hereinafter also simply referred to as “stopper”), An urging gear shaft column 750 (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “urging gear shaft 750”) is configured. Each of the columns 631a to 631c, 766, and 750 extends from the back surface of the storage container 461 toward the front surface. A bearing portion 710 into which the protruding shaft 700j of the main driving gear 700 extending through the shaft hole 433 of the handle ring 430 is inserted extends from the back surface of the storage container 461 toward the front surface. ing.

An urging gear 740 is rotatably attached to the urging gear shaft 750. A biasing spring 760 is provided between the biasing gear 740 and the spring stopper post 766. The biasing gear 740 is biased in the clockwise direction R by the biasing spring 760. Further, from the side surface of the bottom portion of the urging gear 740, a protruding portion DST is provided for latching the urging spring 760 and restricting the rotation range of the urging gear 740. The range in which the urging gear 740 rotates can be rotated by about 180 ° from the angular position at which the tip of the projecting portion DST contacts the stopper ST until the rear end of the projecting portion DST contacts another stopper ST.

The rotating shaft of the biasing gear 740 is a rotating shaft of the variable resistor VR that changes the resistance value according to the angular position, and the main driving gear 700 of the handle ring 430 attached to the bearing 710 of the storage container 461. And the urging gear 740 of the storage container 461 are engaged at a correct engagement position shown in the figure. Therefore, the handle ring 430 is also urged in the counterclockwise direction L by the urging spring 760 of the urging gear 740, and the handle ring 430 naturally rotates counterclockwise when the player releases his hand to the reference position. Will return.

A firing stop switch 620 is fixed inside the storage container 461 of the handle base 460. The firing stop switch 620 is pressed when a firing stop switch operation unit 440 provided so as to protrude from the outer peripheral wall 2011 of the storage container 461 is pushed, and the handle ring 430 is rotated. The game ball can be stopped.

The variable resistor VR is attached so as to protrude from the back surface side of the storage container 461, and an urging gear shaft 750 extends through the storage container 461 toward the front surface. The variable resistor VR is connected to the firing control unit 243b, and the firing control by the firing control unit 243b is adjusted according to the resistance value of the variable resistor VR.

An exploded perspective view in which the handle holder is separated from the storage container 461 is shown in FIG.
As shown in FIG. 59, a handle holder 2015 serving as a brake that inhibits the rotation of the handle ring by being pressed against the back surface on the outer peripheral side of the handle ring 430 is attached to the notch at the bottom of the storage container 460. ing. The handle holder 2015 is integrally formed of a resin material having a predetermined elasticity, and includes a brake portion 2015a, a flexure portion 2015b, and a push shaft portion 2015c, and has a substantially cross shape of a curved plate as a whole.

  The brake portion 2015a is a portion pressed against the back surface of the handle ring 430, and is attached so as to be inserted into the notch portion. The bending portion 2015b is an arm-like portion that is elongated in the left-right direction and is formed in an arc shape so as to follow the inner peripheral wall, and the tip thereof is fixed to the inner peripheral wall. The push shaft portion 2015c is a portion serving as a base portion of the brake portion 2015a, and a rear end thereof penetrates the storage container 461 and protrudes about several millimeters on the back side of the storage container. That is, by pushing the pushing shaft portion 2015c protruding to the back surface side of the storage container 461, the bending portion 2015b is slightly bent, and the brake portion 2015a is pressed against the back surface of the handle ring 430 to inhibit the rotation of the handle ring. When the push of 2015c is released, the push shaft portion 2015c is returned to the original position by the elastic force of the flexure portion 2015b, and the inhibition of the rotation of the handle ring 430 by the brake portion 2015a is also released. It is urged in the clockwise direction R by the street urging spring 760 and returned to the reference position.

FIG. 60 is a perspective view of the handle guide boss.
As shown in FIGS. 57 and 60, on the back side of the storage container 461 of the handle base 460, a handle guide boss 2021 accommodated in a support portion 462, which will be described later, extends from the central portion of the storage container 461. It is fixed. The handle guide boss 2021 is a part of a mechanism for making it possible to change the attachment angle of the handle base to the support portion 462, which will be described later, and a guide pedestal portion 2021a serving as a pedestal for fixing to the back surface of the storage container 461, A guide column portion 2021b extending in the axial direction of the handle base 460, a boss shaft portion 2021c extending perpendicularly to the guide column portion 2021b and extending left and right, a spring guide 2023 formed on the top edge of the guide column portion 2021b, and a spring guide The cable guide frame 2027 extends downward from 2023.
The guide pedestal portion 2021a is screwed to the back surface of the storage container 461 to support the handle guide boss 2021 so as to stand on the back surface of the storage container 461. A spring guide 2023 for extending a return spring 2031 (to be described later) along the distal end of the guide pillar 2021b, which is erected with the base end supported by the guide pedestal 2021b, is formed, and the firing is stopped. A cable guide frame 2027 for guiding a cable (not shown) extending from each of the switch 620, the variable resistor VR, and a touch sensor 2025 for detecting that the player's hand is touching the handle ring 430 is provided below. It is formed toward. The boss shaft portion 2021c extends from the middle portion of the guide column portion 2021b to the left and right, and this allows the mounting angle of the storage container 461, the handle ring 430 and the front cover 450 assembled thereto to the support portion 462 described later. It becomes a rotation axis for changing.

FIG. 61 shows a perspective view of a half of the support 462 of the storage container 461 divided into two parts, and FIG. 62 shows a side view of the game ball launch handle 2041. Note that the other support portion 462 divided into two has a substantially symmetrical structure with FIG.
As shown in FIG. 54, FIG. 61 and FIG. 62, the support portion 462 that is fixed to the front panel of the gaming machine and forms the base of the storage container 461 has a handle guide boss 2021 by combining a left and right half cylinder. The terminal portion on the side of the storage container 461 is formed so that the lower 2/3 thereof is inclined (inclined portion 462a). A concave hole 2029 serving as a bearing at the tip of the boss shaft 2021c of the handle guide boss 2021 is formed on the inner surface of the half cylinder divided into left and right at opposing positions. A hook portion 2033 for hooking the annular tip of the return spring 2031 is formed below the base side of the support portion 462. The half cylinder is fixed so that the main body of the touch sensor 2025 is sandwiched.

  The assembly of the support portion 462 and the storage container 461 described above is divided into two so that the tip of the boss shaft portion 2021c of the handle guide boss 2021 attached to the back surface of the storage container 462 is inserted into the recessed hole 2029 of the support portion 462. The half cylinders are combined and fixed with screws, and the return spring 2031 is stretched and stretched from the upper side along the spring guide 2023 of the handle guide boss 2021, and in this state, the annular tip is hooked on the hook portion 2033 of the support portion 462. Is done.

Therefore, when the player's hand is not applied to the game ball launch handle 2041, the spring guide 2023 of the handle guide boss 2021 is attracted downward by the urging force of the return spring 2031 and the storage container 461 (and so on) of the handle base 460. The handle ring 430 and the front cover 450) face the front of the gaming machine so as to raise the neck. On the other hand, when the player's hand is applied to the game ball launch handle 2041 and the weight of the hand is applied from the upper side, the return spring 2031 is extended, and the storage container 461 is supported by the support portion 462 about the boss shaft portion 2021c of the handle guide boss 2021. The mounting angle is changed so that the neck is raised about 10 degrees (see FIG. 63).
When the storage container 461 is bent so as to hold the neck, the rear end of the push shaft portion 2015c of the handle holder 2015 protruding from the back surface of the container 461 hits the inclined end portion of the support portion 462, and the brake portion 2015a of the handle holder 2015 is thereby pushed. Since the handle ring 430 is pressed against the back surface of the handle ring 430 and prevents the handle ring from rotating, the handle ring 430 can be fixed at a desired angle (handle base operating mechanism).

  Therefore, the player adjusts the firing strength of the game ball by attaching the hand to the game ball launch handle 2041 and twisting the handle ring 430, and when the game ball is launched at a desired position on the board surface, The storage ball 461 of the handle base 460 is slightly tilted, so that the handle ring 430 is fixed by the brake portion 2015a of the handle holder 2015, and the game ball launch strength is kept constant. Can be maintained. If the player lifts the hand attached to the game ball launch handle 2041 and removes the weight deposited on the game ball launch handle 2041, the inclination of the storage container 461 and the like is canceled by the elastic force of the return spring 2031. It comes to face the front. At this time, since the brake portion 2015a is separated from the handle ring 430 and the fixation thereof is released, the handle ring 430 is urged in a direction to return to the reference position by the urging spring 760.

  In the handle base operating mechanism of this embodiment, the player deposits the weight of the hand into the game ball launching handle 2041 so that the storage container 461 and the like of the handle base 460 are slightly tilted downward so as to hold the neck, thereby the handle ring 430. Is fixed by the brake part 2015a of the handle holder 2015. Of course, the storage container 461 and the like are initially inclined slightly upward to raise the neck (elevation angle of about 10 °). A handle base operating mechanism may be used in which the handle ring 430 faces straight in a state where the handle ring 430 is fixed by the brake portion 2015a by depositing the weight. In this case, the storage container 461 including the handle holder 2015 and the front cover 450 are the same as described above, but the inclined portion 462a of the support portion 462 is inclined about 2/3 of the upper end of the storage container 461 side. Is formed. A spring guide 2023 of the handle guide boss 2021 is formed on the outer periphery of the cable guide frame 2027. Then, the return spring 2031 is hung on the spring guide 2023 from below, and in this state, the annular tip is hooked on the hook portion 2033 provided on the upper inner surface of the support portion 462.

Also, in this embodiment, the brake ring 2015a of the handle holder 2015 is pressed against the back surface of the handle ring 430, so that the handle ring 430 is fixed at a desired angle and the firing strength of the game ball launching device is mechanically maintained. However, in addition to this, for example, a small switch (launch strength fixing switch) that is pushed and operated at a position corresponding to the push shaft portion 2015c protruding on the back side of the storage container 461 is provided in the same manner as described above. The launch intensity of the game ball can be kept constant.
That is, in the same manner as described above, the firing strength fixing switch is pushed by changing the mounting angle of the storage container 461 or the like by the weight of the player's hand. This firing strength fixed switch is electrically connected to the firing control unit 243b. The firing control unit 243b fires at the resistance value of the variable resistor VR at the moment when the firing strength fixed switch is pushed while the switch is pushed. By using the handle base operation mechanism that is electrically controlled so as to be fixed to the strength, the firing strength of the game ball launching device can be maintained constant.

  When mechanically or electrically maintaining and fixing the launch strength of the game ball mechanically or electrically as in the present embodiment or the above-described embodiments, the launch strength of the game ball launching device is determined by maintaining the launch strength of the game ball. It is preferable that this is possible only within a range that reaches the game area. Therefore, in order to maintain the firing strength mechanically, for example, a step is formed on the back surface of the handle ring 430 so that the brake portion 2015a can move the handle ring 430 only within a rotation range where the game ball reaches the game area. What is necessary is just to make it possible to press on a back surface. When the firing strength is electrically fixed, the signal from the firing strength fixing switch is only when the rotation angle of the handle ring 430 determines that the launch control unit 243b has the launch strength at which the game ball reaches the game area. May be controlled to be effective.

FIG. 64 is a sectional view showing a modified example of the game ball launching handle 2041.
In the above game ball launch handle 2041, the storage container 461 is bent with respect to the support portion 462, so that a gap is formed between the lower side of the back surface of the storage container 461 and the lower end portion of the support portion 462. However, there is a risk of injury by pinching hand meat in this gap. Therefore, in this modified example, a rubber cover 2035 that is flexible and stretchable covering the back surface side of the storage container 461 and the entire support portion 462 is covered. The rubber cover 2035 represented by hatching is a gap formed between the lower side of the back surface of the storage container 461 and the lower side of the front end of the support part 462 before the storage container 461 is bent with respect to the support part 462. Is stretched, and when the storage container 461 is bent with respect to the support portion 462, the stretching is eliminated. Therefore, the rubber cover 2035 is not sandwiched between the gap formed between the lower side of the back surface of the storage container 461 and the lower side of the front end portion of the support portion 462. In addition, a rubber cover is similarly provided in the handle base operation mechanism in which the storage container 461 or the like is slightly inclined upward to lift the neck, and the player puts the weight of the hand to face the front straight. Thus, the meat of the hand can be prevented from being pinched.

Further, although not shown in the drawings, as another embodiment, the game ball launching handle 2041 itself has the same structure as the conventional game ball launching handle without bending, but the handle base operating mechanism is attached to the gaming machine main body side to which the game ball launching handle 2041 is attached. There are some that have

  For example, a pedestal on the side of the gaming machine body to which the game ball launch handle 2041 is screwed and attached is a slide switch (launch strength fixed switch) that the entire game ball launch handle slides up and down about several millimeters to turn on and off the switch. By doing so, similarly to the above-described game ball launch handle 2041, the launch intensity of the game ball can be kept constant while reducing the burden on the player. That is, this slide switch is electrically connected to the launch control unit 243b, and the handle base operation mechanism electrically controls the launch control unit 243b by turning on and off the slide switch, so that the launch intensity of the game ball is constant. Can be maintained.

As a specific operation, the game ball launching handle 2041 is in the upper position (the slide switch is in the upper position) when the player's hand is not attached. When the player adjusts the launch strength of the game ball by lightly attaching the hand to the game ball launch handle 2041 and twisting the handle ring 430, the game ball is launched at a desired position on the board. The game ball launch handle 2041 is slightly slid downward and moved to the lower position (the slide switch is in the lower position). The firing control unit 243b is electrically controlled so as to fix the firing strength at the resistance value of the variable resistor VR at the moment when the slide switch is pushed down while the slide switch is in the lower position.
The handle base operation mechanism may be configured such that the rotation of the handle ring is mechanically hindered and fixed by pushing down the game ball launch handle 2041, and the launch strength of the game ball is mechanically fixed.

In addition, instead of using the slide switch in which the state of attachment to the pedestal on the gaming machine main body side moves up and down without bending the game ball launch handle 2041 itself, the player places the weight of the hand so that the game ball launch handle 2041 may be slightly inclined downward from the base, or the game ball launching handle 2041 slightly inclined upward may be used as a handle base operation mechanism in which the mounting angle is changed from the base so as to face the horizontal direction. Good. That is, for example, by applying the basic structure of the handle base operation mechanism described above, the game ball launching handle 2041 changes its attachment angle at the attachment position with the game machine main body, so that the push shaft portion 2015c or It may be possible to maintain the firing strength of the game ball mechanically or electrically by pushing a projection corresponding to the firing strength fixing switch. If it does in this way, there will be no fear of the injury by pinching of the meat of the hand by the storage container 461 bending with respect to the support part 462 as mentioned above.

In addition, the launching strength of the game ball can be maintained electrically or mechanically by sliding the storage container 461 and the handle ring 430 up and down with respect to the support portion 462 fixed to the main body of the gaming machine. The effect similar to the above can be obtained by using the handle base operating mechanism to be fixed.

  The handle base operating mechanism described above is fixed by blocking the rotation of the handle ring 430 mechanically by pushing down the game ball launch handle 2041 by keeping the weight of the player's hand or fixing the launch strength. By electrically controlling the game ball launcher using the switch being pressed, the player can easily maintain the firing strength to improve operability and reduce the player's operational burden. To do.

  In addition, the present invention replaces the function based on the handle base operating mechanism or adds a function to the function based on the handle base operating mechanism. This is a technology related to a handle base operation mechanism for enabling easy return to the operation of launching a game ball aimed at the game.

FIG. 65 shows that the mounting angle of the storage container 461 is changed by the weight of the player's hand to the handle base operation mechanism, and the firing strength of the game ball is kept constant by pressing the switch (launch strength fixing switch). It is the figure which showed the control flow at the time of providing the function to perform the right hit or stop hit of a game ball based on the input signal from this switch instead of providing a function.
As shown in the flowchart, the firing control unit 243b determines whether or not the player's hand is touching the launching handle based on a signal from the touch sensor. Control is performed so that the game ball is not fired regardless of whether or not the rotation operation is performed. On the other hand, if it is determined that the hand is touching, it is determined whether or not the handle ring 430 is rotated. If it is determined that the handle ring 430 is not rotated, the game ball is not fired. To control. On the other hand, if it is determined that the handle ring is being rotated, it is determined whether or not a right-handed (or stop) operation is performed by the handle base operation mechanism. If it is determined that the game ball has not been made, the game ball launching device is controlled so that the handle ring launches the game ball in accordance with the amount of rotation operation. On the other hand, when it is determined that a right-handed (or stop-hitting) operation is performed, the game ball launching device is controlled so that the game ball is hit right (or stopped-hit) regardless of the operation amount of the handle ring.

  The mechanism for changing the mounting angle of the storage container 461 (and the handle ring 430 and the front cover 450) of the handle base 460 is the same as described above, but the handle used in the above embodiment is used. There is no handle holder 2015 serving as a brake that impedes the rotation of the handle ring by being pressed against the back surface on the outer peripheral side of the ring 430, and the handle ring may rotate depending on the mounting angle of the storage container 461 or the like. Not disturbed.

  In an actual game, in the normal game state before the big hit, the player rotates the handle ring 430 against the urging force of the coil spring that attempts to return the handle ring 430 to the reference angular position. A game ball is fired at a certain position on the board. At this time, the launch control unit 243b controls the launch intensity of the game ball by the game ball launcher 110 according to the resistance value of the variable resistor VR that changes the resistance value in accordance with the amount of rotation of the handle ring 430. .

When a right hit is required when a big hit occurs, the player deposits the weight of the hand in the handle base 460, so that the storage container 461 (and the handle ring 430 and the front cover 450) of the handle base 460 holds the neck. The mounting angle is changed as described above, and a switch (right-handed switch) is pushed in accordingly. When the right-handed switch is pressed, the signal is input to the launch control unit 243b, so that the launch control unit 243b plays the game ball so that it reaches the right end of the machine board surface regardless of the operation amount of the handle handle of the launch handle. Control the ball launcher.

  When there is no longer a need for right-handing, the player removes the weight of the hand that has been entrusted to the handle base, so that the storage container 461 and the like holding the neck by the elastic force of the return spring 2031 is restored to its original mounting angle. Accordingly, the right-handed switch is also released. When the right-handed switch is also released, the signal input to the firing control unit 243b disappears, and the firing control unit 243b launches the game ball by the game ball launching device 110 according to the amount of rotation of the handle ring. Strength will be controlled.

  Such control of the game ball launching device by pressing the switch can be replaced not only with a right-handed operation but also with a so-called stop-tapping operation as it is. That is, a switch (stop switch) is pushed by changing the mounting angle so that the storage container 461 has a neck, and the signal is input to the firing control unit 243b, so that the handle ring (launching handle) Regardless of the operation amount, it is possible to easily stop the game ball by controlling to temporarily suspend the launch of the game ball.

In this way, according to this handle base operation mechanism, a right-handed or stop-operating function is assigned to the switch and can be easily right-handed or stopped-in, but in this case, the storage container 461 (and The firing strength of the game ball cannot be maintained and fixed by an operation of changing the mounting angle of the handle ring 430 and the front cover 450) so that the neck is raised. Therefore, the maintenance and fixing of the firing strength is the same as the operation of the handle ring in the conventional gaming machine, and the handle ring that is turned by the player against the urging force of the coil spring that tries to return the handle ring to the reference angular position. It is necessary to hold the angular position of the handle ring by grasping the handle ring together with the handle base.

However, in practice, the handle ring 430 is fixed by the operation of changing the mounting angle of the storage container 461 or the like so that the neck is raised, and the firing strength of the game ball is maintained and fixed mechanically or electrically. It is preferable to perform the right strike or stop strike by other operations. Because the game time is the longest in the normal game state before the big hit, so the handle ring is fixed by the operation of changing the attachment angle so that the storage container 461 etc. holds the neck with the weight of the player's hand. This is because maintaining and fixing the launch strength of the game ball is considered to be the most conducive to reducing the physical burden on the player. (However, as described above, other operations are used to maintain and fix the launch strength of the game ball, that is, operations by pulling, pushing or sliding the entire handle base or a part of the handle base including the handle ring. It is not prohibited to do by.)

For example, the operation for causing the handle base operation mechanism to make a right strike is performed by pulling the entire handle base (or a part thereof), and the operation for causing a stop strike is performed by pushing the entire handle base (or a part thereof). The operation to perform or to make a right strike is performed by sliding the entire handle base to the right, and the operation to make a stop strike is performed by sliding the entire handle base to the left. By giving a function such as making it possible, it is possible to improve the operability of the game and further reduce the burden on the player.
Alternatively, the handle ring is fixed by mechanically or electrically maintaining and fixing the launching strength of the game ball by changing the mounting angle so that the storage container 461 or the like is bent downward, and the storage container 461 or the like is maintained. Forcibly strikes right (or stops) by tilting the neck to the right side, and forcibly stops (or strikes right) by tilting the storage container 461 or the like to the left side. You can also do it. In this case, if the storage container 461 and the like can further tilt the neck to the right side or the left side from the state in which the mounting angle is changed so that the storage container 461 and the like are bent downward, the handle While maintaining the amount of rotation of the ring, it is possible to simply and quickly perform right-handed or stop-strike operation. A game ball can be launched with a launch intensity corresponding to the amount of operation.

In addition, the mechanism for making the right strike or the stop strike is that the switch provided on the pedestal portion of the handle base is pushed and the signal is input to the launch control unit by changing the handle base slide or the handle base mounting angle. Thus, on the condition that the hand is touching the handle and the handle ring is being rotated, it is conceivable to perform a right strike or stop strike regardless of the amount of rotation of the handle ring. .

  The handle base operation mechanism with such a mechanism repeats operations such as right-handed when the big winning opening is open during a big hit, and stop-stopping when the big winning opening is closed even during a big hit. After the jackpot, it will be very useful in a scene where a game ball is fired aiming at the top again.

  Of course, it is possible to make right-handed or stop-fitting by various operations by this handle base operation mechanism, and it is natural that only one of right-handed operation or stop-fitting operation is assigned to this handle base operation mechanism. Is possible.

In addition to the inventions described in the column “Means for Solving the Problems”, the following inventions may be employed. Hereinafter, explanations will be given while showing definitions of functions, effects and terms as necessary. The inventions B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, and J can be applied to the invention A. Invention C, D, E, F, G, H, I, and J can be applied to Invention B. Invention D, E, F, G, H, I, and J can be applied to Invention C. Invention E, F, G, H, I, J can also be applied to Invention D. The inventions F, G, H, I, and J can be applied to the invention E. For invention F, inventions G, H, I and J can also be applied. Invention H, I, and J can be applied to Invention G. Inventions I and J can be applied to Invention H. The invention J can be applied to the invention I.

[Invention A1]
The gaming machine of the invention A1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine)
A gaming machine (or a launching handle of a gaming machine) capable of adjusting the launch intensity of a game ball,
First operating means for performing an operation for adjusting the firing intensity;
Return force adding means for adding a return force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to a reference position to the first operation means;
Second operating means for performing an operation for restricting the return of the first operating means;
And a return restricting means for restricting the return of the first operating means to the reference position based on an operation of the second operating means.

Some players play a game with a light hand attached to the handle ring after screwing a coin or the like into the slight gap between the handle base and the handle ring and fixing the handle ring to the desired rotation operation position. Someone can be seen. However, the game should be performed according to the skill of the player himself, and such a method that results in the same result no matter who hits is not accepted as an illegal act. Therefore, in recent years, in order to prevent coins and the like from being inserted into the gap between the handle base and the handle ring, a launching handle having no gap has been developed.

However, if the handle ring cannot be fixed by a coin or the like, when attempting to fire the game ball aiming at a certain position on the game board surface, the player resists the urging force of the coil spring at a certain angle. It is necessary to rotate it to a position and hold it at that angular position. Holding the handle ring that always tries to return to the reference angular position by the biasing force of the coil spring and holding it at a certain angular position is unexpectedly tiring, and involves a considerable burden on a player who plays a game for a long time.

Also, if the act of forcibly screwing coins or the like into the gap between the handle base and the handle ring is repeatedly performed, each member, which is generally a resin molded product, may be deformed or scraped, resulting in numerous scratches. In addition, the angular position detector that detects the angular position of the handle ring may be damaged due to excessive force acting, and it may not be possible to launch the game ball with the firing strength according to the turning operation. was there.

On the other hand, according to the configuration of the present invention, the return force adding means adds a return force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to the reference position to the first operation means. When operating the means, it is necessary to operate the first operating means to a certain operating position against the restoring force of the restoring force adding means and hold it at the operating position. At this time, when the player operates the second operation means, the return restriction means restricts the first operation means from returning to the reference position based on the operation of the second operation means.

As a result, when the player operates the second operation means, the return restriction means restricts the first operation means from returning to the reference position, so that the firing strength can be easily fixed and the game can be performed for a long time. Is less fatigued, and the player's burden can be reduced.

Also, when the operation position is fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched between them, if the player finishes the game and leaves the fixed state, the next player can realize the same game as it is. Since the operation position is fixed by the operation of the second operation means, after the player finishes the game, the operation position of the first operation means returns to the reference position, and the next player realizes the same game Difficult to do. Therefore, an effect that a game based on the skill of the player can be realized is obtained.

Furthermore, since it is not necessary to screw a coin or the like, it is possible to suppress the damage to the firing handle.

Furthermore, since only the second operating means needs to be provided, the configuration is simplified, and an effect of suppressing an increase in cost can be obtained.

Here, as the operation of the first operation means, for example, turning the first operation means, pressing or pressing the first operation means, sliding the first operation means, Includes lever operation. That is, the first operation means can be configured as, for example, a handle, a dial, a button, a switch, a slider, a lever, a pedal, a controller, or a touch panel. Hereinafter, the same applies to the gaming machine of the invention C2 and the gaming machines of the inventions D4, E1, F1, G1, H1, and I1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).

Further, the operation of the first operating means includes, for example, not only rotating the first operating means, but also contacting the first operating means and approaching the first operating means. The approach to the first operation means may be detected by, for example, an infrared sensor, or a change in capacitance between the human body and the first operation means may be detected by an electrostatic sensor. Hereinafter, the same applies to the gaming machine of the invention C2 and the gaming machines of the inventions D4, E1, F1, G1, H1, and I1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).

The operation of the second operation means includes, for example, turning the second operation means, pressing or pressing the second operation means, sliding the second operation means, and moving the second operation means to the lever. Includes manipulating. That is, the second operation means can be configured as, for example, a handle, dial, button, switch, slider, lever, pedal, controller, or touch panel. Hereinafter, the same applies to the gaming machine of the invention C2 and the gaming machines of the inventions D4, E1, F2, F4, H1, and I1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).

The operation of the second operation means includes, for example, not only pressing the second operation means but also contacting the second operation means and approaching the second operation means. The approach to the second operation means may be detected by, for example, an infrared sensor, or a change in capacitance between the human body and the second operation means may be detected by an electrostatic sensor. Hereinafter, the same applies to the gaming machine of the invention C2 and the gaming machines of the inventions D4, E1, F2, F4, H1, and I1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).

The restoring force adding means may be configured to apply the restoring force by a spring, rubber, or other elastic body, or may be configured to apply the restoring force by a motor, solenoid, or other electronically driven device. May be. In the former case, the configuration becomes simple and an increase in cost can be suppressed. The same applies to the gaming machines of the inventions B1, D1, D4, E1, G1, H1, and I1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) and the gaming machine of the invention C2.

The return regulating means may be configured to mechanically regulate the return to the reference position, or may be configured to regulate electronically or magnetically. In the former case, the configuration becomes simple and an increase in cost can be suppressed. In the latter case, for example, it is possible to employ a configuration in which contact detection means is provided in the second operation means, and when the contact detection means detects contact, the return to the reference position is restricted. Hereinafter, the same applies to the gaming machine of the invention C2 and the gaming machines of the inventions D4, F2, F4, G1, H1, and I1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).

Further, when the second operation means and the return restriction means are mechanically configured, they may be configured as separate bodies or may be configured integrally. Hereinafter, the same applies to the gaming machine of the invention C2 and the gaming machines of the inventions D4, F2, F4, G1, H1, and I1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).

Further, when the present invention is a gaming machine, components such as each means may not necessarily be provided on the launch handle. For example, the second operation means, the return restriction means, or the like may be provided at a position (for example, an upper plate) close to the firing handle. Hereinafter, the same applies to the gaming machines of the inventions B1, D1, D4, E1, F1, F4, G1, H1, and I1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).

The first operating means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 430 in the first and second basic forms, the restoring force adding means corresponds to the coil spring HS, the second operating means corresponds to the button 520, The return restricting means corresponds to the locking member 506 or the locking lever 514.

[Invention A2]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention A2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention A1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The second operating means is arranged in front of the player as viewed from the first operating means.

With such a configuration, for example, the player can operate the second operating means with a palm or a finger not used for operating the first operating means.

Thereby, the effect that operation of the 2nd operation means becomes easy is acquired.
Here, the first operation means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 430 in the first and second basic forms, and the second operation means corresponds to the button 520.

[Invention A3]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention A3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions A1 and A2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The second operation means is operable by a downward load.

In such a configuration, if the launch handle is installed near the player's hand, the force applied to the launch handle while the player places his hand on the launch handle is a downward load, and the second operation The means can be operated.

Thereby, the effect that operation of the 2nd operation means becomes easy is acquired.
Here, the second operation means corresponds to the button 520 in the first and second basic forms, for example.

[Invention A4]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention A4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions A1 to A3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).
The second operating means is attached so as to be swingable in the front-rear direction.

In such a configuration, if the launching handle is installed facing forward, the player can press the second operating means backward, so that the player can launch with the hand attached to the launching handle. The second operating means can be operated by effectively using the force applied to the handle.

Thereby, the effect that operation of the 2nd operation means becomes easy is acquired.
[Invention A5]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention A5 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions A1 to A3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The second operating means is attached so as to be swingable in the vertical direction.

In such a configuration, if the launching handle is installed facing upward, the player can press down the second operation means downward, so that the player launches with the firing handle in hand. The second operating means can be operated by effectively using the force applied to the handle.

Thereby, the effect that operation of the 2nd operation means becomes easy is acquired.
[Invention A6]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention A6 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions A1 to A3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).
The second operation means is attached so as to be able to swing in the direction of a force applied to the firing handle in a state where the player operates the first operation means to a predetermined operation position.

With such a configuration, the player can operate the second operating means by effectively using the force applied to the firing handle while the player operates the first operating means to the predetermined operating position.

Thereby, the effect that operation of the 2nd operation means becomes easy is acquired.
Here, as a configuration in which the player operates the first operation means to the predetermined operation position so as to be swingable in the direction of the force applied to the discharge handle, for example, the discharge handle is set at a predetermined angular position in advance. In the case of adopting a tilting configuration or a configuration for rotating as the configuration of the first operating means, a configuration in which the second operating means also rotates in conjunction with the rotation of the first operating means can be employed. .

In addition, as a direction of the force applied to the firing handle in a state where the player operates the first operation means to the predetermined operation position, for example, in the case of a configuration in which the finger operation part is provided on the first operation means, The direction toward the contact surface is considered among the normal directions of the surface (contact surface) with which the finger contacts.

The first operation means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 430 in the first and second basic forms, and the second operation means corresponds to the button 520.

[Invention A7]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention A7 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions A4 to A6 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
A shaft on which the second operating means swings is provided inside the firing handle with respect to the second operating means.

With such a configuration, since the distance from the axis serving as the fulcrum to the operation portion of the second operation means serving as the power point increases, even if the second operation means is pressed with a small force, the distance to the first operation means is reduced. A big regulatory force is generated.

Thereby, the effect that regulation of the 1st operation means becomes easy is acquired.
[Invention A8]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention A8 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions A1 to A6 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).
Comprising first contact detection means for detecting contact of the human body with the second operation means;
The gaming machine is
Launching means for launching a game ball into the game area;
Firing control means for controlling the firing intensity of the firing means according to the operation amount of the first operating means,
The firing control means does not permit the launch of a game ball when the first contact detection means does not detect contact.

If it is such a structure, if it is not contacting the 2nd operation means, the contact of the human body with respect to the 2nd operation means will not be detected by the 1st contact detection means. When the contact is not detected by the first contact detection means, the launch control means does not allow the game ball to be launched. In contrast, when the launch control means is permitted to launch the game ball and the first operation means is operated, the launch control means controls the launch intensity of the launch means according to the operation amount of the first operation means, A game ball is launched into the game area by the launching means.

As a result, the operation position of the second operation means can be fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched therebetween, and it is possible to prevent a game from being played without contacting the second operation means, so that it is possible to realize a game based on the skill of the player. The effect that it can be obtained.

Here, detecting the contact by the first contact detection means can be one condition for permitting the launch of the game ball, and does not necessarily require permitting the launch of the game ball. That is, in addition to detecting contact with the first contact detection means, it is possible to permit the launch of a game ball when other conditions are met. Hereinafter, the same applies to the gaming machine of Invention B10 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).

The first operation means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 430 in the third basic form, the second operation means corresponds to the button 520, and the first contact detection means corresponds to the touch sensor of the button 520. The launching means corresponds to the game ball launching device 110, and the launch control means corresponds to the launch control unit 243b.

[Invention A9]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention A9 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention A8 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
Comprising a second contact detection means for detecting contact of the human body with the first operation means;
The launch control means does not permit the launch of a game ball when no contact is detected by the first contact detection means or the second contact detection means.

If it is such a structure, if it is not contacting the 2nd operation means or the 1st operation means, the contact of the human body with respect to the 2nd operation means will not be detected by the 1st contact detection means, or the 2nd contact detection means The contact of the human body with the first operation means is not detected. When the contact is not detected by the first contact detection means or the second contact detection means, the launch control means does not allow the game ball to be launched.

As a result, the operation position of the first operation means or the second operation means is fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched therebetween, and it is possible to prevent the game from being performed without touching the first operation means or the second operation means. The effect that the game by the skill of the person can be realized is obtained.

Further, since it is necessary to contact the first operating means and the second operating means, the player can play a game in a posture of contacting the first operating means and the second operating means. The effect is that the degree of freedom can be regulated (correct posture).

Here, detecting the contact by the first contact detection means and the second contact detection means can be a condition for permitting the launch of the game ball, and does not necessarily require permitting the launch of the game ball. That is, in addition to detecting contact with the first contact detection means and the second contact detection means, it is possible to permit the launch of a game ball when other conditions are met. Hereinafter, the same applies to the gaming machine of the invention B11 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) and the gaming machine of the invention C1.

The first operation means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 430 in the third basic form, the first contact detection means corresponds to the touch sensor of the button 520, and the second contact detection means corresponds to the handle ring 430. Corresponding to the touch sensor, the firing control means corresponds to the firing control unit 243b.

[Invention A10]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention A10 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the same as the gaming machine of the invention A8 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).
Comprising a second contact detection means for detecting contact of the human body with the first operation means;
The firing control means does not permit the launching of a game ball when no contact is detected by the first contact detection means and the second contact detection means.

If it is such a structure, if it is not contacting the 2nd operation means and the 1st operation means, a human body will contact the 2nd operation means and the 1st operation means by the 1st contact detection means and the 2nd contact detection means Is not detected. When the contact is not detected by the first contact detection means and the second contact detection means, the launch control means does not allow the game ball to be fired.

As a result, the operation positions of the first operation means and the second operation means are fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched therebetween, and it is possible to prevent the game from being performed without contacting the first operation means and the second operation means. The effect that the game by the skill of the person can be realized is obtained.

Further, since it is sufficient to contact the first operation means or the second operation means, the player can play the game in a posture of contacting the first operation means or the second operation means, and the player's posture is free. The effect that the degree can be increased is obtained.

Here, the detection of the contact by the first contact detection means or the second contact detection means can be a condition for permitting the launch of the game ball, and does not necessarily require the launch of the game ball. That is, in addition to detecting contact with the first contact detection means or the second contact detection means, it is possible to permit the launch of a game ball when other conditions are met. Hereinafter, the same applies to the gaming machine of Invention B12 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).

[Invention B1]
On the other hand, the gaming machine of invention B1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine)
The launching handle applied to a gaming machine comprising launching means for launching a game ball in a game area, a launching handle, and launching control means for controlling the launching intensity of the launching means in accordance with an operation amount of the launching handle. There,
A handle base attached to the front surface of the gaming machine;
A rotation operation means that is rotatably attached to the front surface side of the handle base and performs an operation for adjusting the firing intensity;
A return force adding means for adding a return force for returning the rotation operation position of the rotation operation means to a reference angle position to the rotation operation means;
A pressing operation means attached to the front side of the rotation operation means so as to be capable of being pressed, and performing an operation for restricting the return of the rotation operation means;
And a return restricting means for restricting the rotation operating means from returning to the reference angular position in accordance with the pressing of the pressing operation means.

With such a configuration, the return force adding means adds a return force for returning the rotation operation position of the rotation operation means to the reference angle position, so that the player can turn the rotation operation means. When the rotation operation is performed, it is necessary to rotate the rotation operation means to a certain rotation operation position against the return force of the return force adding means and hold it at the rotation operation position. When the turning operation means is turned, the firing control means controls the firing strength of the firing means according to the turning amount of the turning operation means, and the launching means launches a game ball into the game area. At this time, when the player depresses the pressing operation means, the return restricting means restricts the rotation operating means from returning to the reference angular position in accordance with the pressing of the pressing operation means.

As a result, when the player presses down the pressing operation means, the return restricting means restricts the turning operation means from returning to the reference angular position, so that the firing strength can be easily fixed and the game can be performed for a long time. Is less fatigued, and the player's burden can be reduced.

In addition, when the rotation operation position is fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched, if the player finishes the game and leaves the fixed state, the next player can realize the same game as it is. On the other hand, since the rotation operation position is fixed by pressing the pressing operation means, after the player finishes the game, the rotation operation position of the rotation operation means returns to the reference angular position, and the next player However, it is difficult to realize the same game. Therefore, an effect that a game based on the skill of the player can be realized is obtained.

Furthermore, since it is not necessary to screw a coin or the like, it is possible to suppress the damage to the firing handle.

Furthermore, since it is only necessary to provide the pressing operation means, the configuration is simplified, and an effect that an increase in cost can be suppressed can be obtained.

Here, the return restricting means may be configured to mechanically restrict the return to the reference angular position, or may be configured to electronically or magnetically restrict the return. In the former case, the configuration becomes simple and an increase in cost can be suppressed. In the latter case, for example, it is possible to employ a configuration in which contact detection means is provided in the pressing operation means, and when the contact detection means detects contact, the return to the reference angular position is regulated.

In addition, when mechanically configured, the pressing operation unit and the return regulating unit may be configured separately or may be configured integrally.

Further, the launching means corresponds to, for example, the game ball launching device 110 in the first and second basic forms, the launch control means corresponds to the launch control unit 243b, and the rotation operation means corresponds to the handle ring 430. The return force adding means corresponds to the coil spring HS, the pressing operation means corresponds to the button 520, and the return restriction means corresponds to the locking member 506 or the locking lever 514.

[Invention B2]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention B2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention B1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
A front cover base attached between the rotation operation means and the pressing operation means, and having an opening at a part of the periphery;
The pressing operation means includes a protrusion formed at a position facing the opening, and is symmetrical with the opening of the front cover base so that the pressing operation means can be pressed in the axial direction of the rotation operation means. It is pivotally attached to the front surface of the front cover base with the position as an axis,
The return regulating means is attached to the back surface of the front cover base so that one end thereof faces the opening and the other end faces the front surface of the rotation operation means. A locking member that locks the rotation operation means by contacting the protrusion and pressing the front surface of the rotation operation means backward by the other end portion is provided.

With such a configuration, when the player presses down the pressing operation means, the pressing operation means swings around the position symmetrical to the opening of the front cover base, and the protrusion is at one end of the locking member. Contact and press one end of the locking member. When one end portion of the locking member is pressed, the other end portion of the locking member presses the front surface of the rotation operation device rearward so that the rotation operation device is locked.

Thereby, since it is only necessary to provide the front cover base, the opening, the protruding portion, and the locking member, the configuration is simplified, and an effect of suppressing an increase in cost can be obtained.

Here, the turning operation means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 430 in the first basic form, the pressing operation means corresponds to the button 520, and the return restriction means corresponds to the locking member 506.

[Invention B3]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention B3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention B2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The locking member has a return force that causes the other end portion to return to a position where it does not contact the front surface of the rotation operation means when not in contact with the protrusion.

If it is such a structure, at the time of non-contact with a projection part, a locking member will return to the position where the other end part of a locking member does not contact the front surface of a rotation operation means with a restoring force.

As a result, since the other end of the locking member does not come into contact with the front surface of the turning operation means when not in contact with the protrusion, the turning operation of the turning operation means may be hindered by the locking member. The effect that it can reduce is acquired.

Here, the turning operation means corresponds to the handle ring 430 in the first basic form, for example.

[Invention B4]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention B4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention B1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
A front cover base attached between the rotation operation means and the pressing operation means, and having an opening at a part of the periphery;
The pressing operation means includes a protrusion formed at a position facing the opening, and is symmetrical with the opening of the front cover base so that the pressing operation means can be pressed in the axial direction of the rotation operation means. It is pivotally attached to the front surface of the front cover base with the position as an axis,
The return regulating means is rotatably attached to the back surface of the front cover base so that one end thereof faces the opening and the other end faces the inner peripheral surface of the turning operation means. When the pressing, the one end contacts with the protrusion and rotates, and the other end presses the inner peripheral surface of the rotating operation means radially outward to lock the rotation operating means. A lever is provided.

With such a configuration, when the player presses the pressing operation means, the pressing operation means swings around a position symmetrical to the opening of the front cover base, and the protrusion is at one end of the locking lever. Contact and press one end of the locking lever. When one end portion of the locking lever is pressed, the locking lever rotates, and the other end portion of the locking lever presses the inner peripheral surface of the rotation operation unit radially outward, thereby causing the rotation operation unit to move. Lock.

Thereby, since it is only necessary to provide the front cover base, the opening, the protrusion, and the locking lever, the configuration is simplified, and an effect of suppressing an increase in cost can be obtained.

Here, the turning operation means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 430 in the second basic form, the pressing operation means corresponds to the button 520, and the return restriction means corresponds to the locking lever 514.

[Invention B5]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention B5 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention B4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The locking lever has a return force that causes the other end portion to return to a position where it does not come into contact with the inner peripheral surface of the turning operation means when not in contact with the protrusion.

With such a configuration, the locking lever returns to a position where the other end portion of the locking lever does not come into contact with the inner peripheral surface of the rotating operation means by the restoring force when not in contact with the protrusion.

As a result, the other end of the locking lever does not come into contact with the inner peripheral surface of the rotating operation means when not in contact with the protrusion, and therefore the rotation operation of the rotating operation means can be hindered by the locking lever. The effect that it can reduce property is acquired.

Here, the rotation operation means corresponds to the handle ring 430 in the second basic form, for example.

[Invention B6]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention B6 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions B1 to B5 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
A first cover for fitting the pressing operation means inside;
A second cover covering the entire front surface of the pressing operation means,
The back surface of the second cover has a larger diameter than the front surface of the pressing operation means.

When there is no second cover, when a coin or the like is screwed into the gap between the outer peripheral surface of the pressing operation means and the inner peripheral surface of the first cover, the operation position of the pressing operation means is fixed and the pressing operation means is pressed. It is assumed that the game will be performed without.

On the other hand, in the configuration of the present invention, the second cover covers the entire front surface of the pressing operation means and has a larger diameter than the pressing operation means. It can suppress that a coin etc. are screwed in the clearance gap between peripheral surfaces.

Further, according to the configuration of the present invention, even if a coin or the like is screwed into the gap between the back surface of the second cover and the front surface of the first cover, only the second cover is pressed forward. The possibility that the operation position is fixed can be reduced. Even if a coin or the like is screwed into the gap between the back surface of the second cover and the front surface of the first cover, the coin or the like comes into contact with the side surface of the pressing operation means, so that the coin or the like is buried in the firing handle. The possibility can be reduced.

Here, for example, the first cover corresponds to the button cover 540, the second cover corresponds to the button front cover 526, and the pressing operation means corresponds to the button 520.

[Invention B7]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention B7 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention B6 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The back surface of the second cover is further larger in diameter than the opening of the first cover.

When the back surface of the second cover has a diameter smaller than or equal to that of the opening of the first cover, the player presses the palm against the second cover to operate the firing handle. It is assumed that the flesh of a finger is caught in the gap between the front surface of one cover.

On the other hand, according to the configuration of the present invention, the back surface of the second cover has a larger diameter than the opening of the first cover, and therefore a gap between the back surface of the second cover and the front surface of the first cover. It is possible to reduce the possibility of the finger meat being caught between the two.

Here, the first cover corresponds to, for example, the button cover 540, and the second cover corresponds to the button front cover 526.

[Invention B8]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention B8 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions B6 and B7 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
A gap between the back surface of the second cover and the front surface of the first cover is set to be larger than a movable range of the pressing operation means.

With such a configuration, a gap remains between the back surface of the second cover and the front surface of the first cover even if the pressing operation means is pressed down to the maximum, so that the back surface of the second cover and the first cover The possibility that the flesh of a finger is caught in the gap between the front surface can be further reduced.

Here, for example, the first cover corresponds to the button cover 540, the second cover corresponds to the button front cover 526, and the pressing operation means corresponds to the button 520.

[Invention B9]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention B9 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions B6 to B8 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
A claw portion that protrudes rearward is formed on the inner peripheral surface of the first cover, and a claw receiving portion that receives the claw portion is formed radially outward on the outer peripheral surface of the pressing operation means,
The pressing operation means and the first cover are attached by receiving the claw portion with the claw receiving portion.

With such a configuration, the pressing operation means is restrained from moving forward at the reference position, and therefore can be restrained from moving forward with a simple configuration.

[Invention B10]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention B10 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions B1 to B9 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
Comprising first contact detection means for detecting contact of the human body with the pressing operation means;
The firing control means does not permit the launch of a game ball when the first contact detection means does not detect contact.

If it is such a structure, if it is not touching a press operation means, the contact of the human body with respect to a press operation means will not be detected by the 1st contact detection means. When the contact is not detected by the first contact detection means, the launch control means does not allow the game ball to be launched.

As a result, it is possible to fix the operation position of the pressing operation means across a coin or the like and prevent the game from being played without contacting the pressing operation means, so that it is possible to realize a game based on the skill of the player. An effect is obtained.

Here, for example, the pressing operation means corresponds to the button 520 in the third basic form, the first contact detection means corresponds to the touch sensor of the button 520, and the firing control means corresponds to the firing control unit 243b. .

[Invention B11]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention B11 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention B10 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
A second contact detection means for detecting contact of the human body with the rotation operation means;
The launch control means does not permit the launch of a game ball when no contact is detected by the first contact detection means or the second contact detection means.

With such a configuration, if the pressing operation unit or the rotation operation unit is not in contact, the first contact detection unit does not detect contact of the human body with the pressing operation unit, or the second contact detection unit detects rotation. The contact of the human body with the moving operation means is not detected. When the contact is not detected by the first contact detection means or the second contact detection means, the launch control means does not allow the game ball to be launched.

As a result, it is possible to fix the operation position of the turning operation means or the pressing operation means with a coin or the like interposed therebetween, and to prevent the player from playing the game without contacting the turning operation means or the pressing operation means. The effect that the game by skill is realizable is acquired.

Further, since it is necessary to contact the rotating operation means and the pressing operation means, the player can play a game in a posture of contacting the rotating operation means and the pressing operation means, and the degree of freedom of the player's posture. Can be controlled (correct attitude).

Here, the rotation operation means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 430 in the third basic form, the first contact detection means corresponds to the touch sensor of the button 520, and the second contact detection means corresponds to the handle ring 430. The firing control means corresponds to the firing control unit 243b.

[Invention B12]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention B12 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention B10 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
A second contact detection means for detecting contact of the human body with the rotation operation means;
The firing control means does not permit the launching of a game ball when no contact is detected by the first contact detection means and the second contact detection means.

If it is such a structure, if it is not contacting the press operation means and the rotation operation means, the contact of the human body with respect to the press operation means and the rotation operation means will be detected by the first contact detection means and the second contact detection means. Not. When the contact is not detected by the first contact detection means and the second contact detection means, the launch control means does not allow the game ball to be fired.

As a result, it is possible to fix the operation positions of the turning operation means and the pressing operation means with a coin or the like between them, and to prevent the player from playing the game without contacting the turning operation means and the pressing operation means. The effect that the game by skill is realizable is acquired.

Further, since it is sufficient to contact the rotating operation means or the pressing operation means, the player can play a game in a posture of contacting the rotating operation means or the pressing operation means, and the degree of freedom of the player's posture can be increased. The effect that it can raise is acquired.

[Invention C1]
On the other hand, the gaming machine of invention C1 is
A gaming machine comprising launch control means for controlling launch of a game ball,
First contact detection means for detecting contact of the human body with the first location;
A second contact detection means for detecting contact of a human body with respect to a second location different from the first location;
The launch control means does not permit the launch of a game ball when no contact is detected by the first contact detection means or the second contact detection means.

In the gaming machine of Patent Document 1, if the player touches the handle ring and the firing stop switch is not turned on, the game ball can be launched. Therefore, it is only necessary that a part of the player's body is in contact with the handle ring, so that the player can play the game in a relatively free posture. If the degree of freedom of the player's posture is high, there is a possibility of causing trouble for passers-by and other adjacent players in a pachinko hall or the like.

On the other hand, if it is the structure of this invention, if it is not contacting the 1st location or the 2nd location, the contact of the human body with respect to the 1st location will not be detected by the 1st contact detection means, or the 2nd contact detection means Thus, contact of the human body with the second location is not detected. When the contact is not detected by the first contact detection means or the second contact detection means, the launch control means does not allow the game ball to be launched.

Thereby, since it is necessary to contact the 1st place and the 2nd place, a player can play a game with the posture of contacting the 1st place and the 2nd place, and the degree of freedom of the player's posture can be increased. It can be regulated (correct attitude). Therefore, as compared with the prior art, there is an effect that it is possible to reduce the possibility of inconvenience to passers-by and other adjacent players in pachinko halls and the like.

Here, the firing control means corresponds to, for example, the firing control unit 243b in the third basic form, the first contact detection means corresponds to the touch sensor of the button 520, and the second contact detection means corresponds to the handle ring 430. This corresponds to the touch sensor.

[Invention C2]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention C2 is the gaming machine of the invention C1,
It has a launch handle for a gaming machine that can adjust the launch intensity of the game ball,
The firing handle is
First operating means for performing an operation for adjusting the firing intensity;
Return force adding means for adding a return force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to a reference position to the first operation means;
Second operating means for performing an operation for restricting the return of the first operating means;
A return restricting means for restricting the return of the first operating means to the reference position based on an operation of the second operating means;
The first contact detection means detects a human body contact with the second operation means,
The second contact detection means detects contact of the human body with the first operation means.

With such a configuration, the return force adding means adds a return force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to the reference position, so that the player operates the first operation means. In this case, it is necessary to operate the first operating means to a certain operating position against the returning force of the returning force adding means and hold it at the operating position. At this time, when the player operates the second operation means, the return restriction means restricts the first operation means from returning to the reference position based on the operation of the second operation means.

As a result, when the player operates the second operation means, the return restriction means restricts the first operation means from returning to the reference position, so that the firing strength can be easily fixed and the game can be performed for a long time. Is less fatigued, and the player's burden can be reduced.

Also, when the operation position is fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched between them, if the player finishes the game and leaves the fixed state, the next player can realize the same game as it is. Since the operation position is fixed by the operation of the second operation means, after the player finishes the game, the operation position of the first operation means returns to the reference position, and the next player realizes the same game Difficult to do. Therefore, an effect that a game based on the skill of the player can be realized is obtained.

On the other hand, if the second operation means or the first operation means is not touched, the first contact detection means does not detect the contact of the human body with the second operation means, or the second contact detection means detects the contact with the first operation means. Human contact is not detected. When the contact is not detected by the first contact detection means or the second contact detection means, the launch control means does not allow the game ball to be launched.

As a result, the operation position of the first operation means or the second operation means is fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched therebetween, and it is possible to prevent the game from being performed without touching the first operation means or the second operation means. The effect that the game by the skill of the person can be realized is obtained.

Further, since it is necessary to contact the first operating means and the second operating means, the player can play a game in a posture of contacting the first operating means and the second operating means. The effect is that the degree of freedom can be regulated (correct posture).

Here, the first operation means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 430 in the third basic form, the return force addition means corresponds to the coil spring HS, the second operation means corresponds to the button 520, and the return restriction. The means corresponds to the locking member 506, the first contact detection means corresponds to the touch sensor of the button 520, and the second contact detection means corresponds to the touch sensor of the handle ring 430.

[Invention D1]
On the other hand, the gaming machine of invention D1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine)
The launching handle applied to a gaming machine comprising launching means for launching a game ball in a game area, a launching handle, and launching control means for controlling the launching intensity of the launching means in accordance with an operation amount of the launching handle. There,
A handle base attached to the front surface of the gaming machine;
A rotation operation means that is rotatably attached to the front surface side of the handle base and performs an operation for adjusting the firing intensity;
A return force adding means for adding a return force for returning the rotation operation position of the rotation operation means to a reference angle position to the rotation operation means;
A pressing operation means,
The pressing operation means includes
A shaft that is rotatably attached to the front side of the rotation operation means with the direction orthogonal to the axial direction of the rotation operation means as an axial direction;
A pressing operation portion that extends forward from the shaft and performs an operation for restricting the return of the turning operation means;
A locking arm that extends rearward from the shaft and that locks the rotating operation means by a tip end pressing the inner peripheral surface of the rotating operation means radially outward when the pressing operation section is pressed. It is characterized by providing.

With such a configuration, the return force adding means adds a return force for returning the rotation operation position of the rotation operation means to the reference angle position, so that the player can turn the rotation operation means. When the rotation operation is performed, it is necessary to rotate the rotation operation means to a certain rotation operation position against the return force of the return force adding means and hold it at the rotation operation position. When the turning operation means is turned, the firing control means controls the firing strength of the firing means according to the turning amount of the turning operation means, and the launching means launches a game ball into the game area. At this time, when the player presses the pressing operation portion, a force is transmitted in a direction in which the pressing operation portion and the locking arm rotate about the axis, and the distal end portion of the locking arm moves on the inner peripheral surface of the rotation operating means. The rotation operation means is locked by pressing outward in the radial direction.

As a result, when the player presses the pressing operation portion, the rotation operation means is locked by the locking arm, so that it is easy to fix the firing strength, and it is difficult to get tired even if the game is played for a long time. The effect that can be reduced is obtained.

In addition, when the rotation operation position is fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched, if the player finishes the game and leaves the fixed state, the next player can realize the same game as it is. On the other hand, since the rotation operation position is fixed by pressing the pressing operation portion, after the player finishes the game, the rotation operation position of the rotation operation means returns to the reference angular position, and the next player However, it is difficult to realize the same game. Therefore, an effect that a game based on the skill of the player can be realized is obtained.

Furthermore, since it is not necessary to screw a coin or the like, it is possible to suppress the damage to the firing handle.

Furthermore, since it is only necessary to provide the pressing operation means, the configuration is simplified, and an effect that an increase in cost can be suppressed can be obtained.

Here, for example, the launching means corresponds to the game ball launching device 110 in the fourth basic form, the launching control means corresponds to the launching control unit 243b, the turning operation means corresponds to the handle ring 430, The restoring force adding means corresponds to the coil spring HS, and the pressing operation means corresponds to the button type lever 528.

[Invention D2]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention D2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention D1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The locking surface of the locking arm is brought into contact with or very close to the inner peripheral surface of the turning operation means at an initial position.

If it is such a structure, if a press operation part is pressed, the frictional force of the latching surface of a latching arm and the internal peripheral surface of a rotation operation means will rise, and a rotation operation means will be locked.

Thereby, since the pressing operation means hardly displaces, there is an effect that it is difficult to form a gap between the pressing operation means and the cover or the like, and it is possible to suppress the coin or the like from being screwed into the gap.

Moreover, the effect that the possibility that the flesh of a finger is caught in the gap between the pressing operation means and the cover or the like can be reduced is obtained.

Here, the rotation operation means corresponds to the handle ring 430 in the fourth basic form, for example.

[Invention D3]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention D3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions D1 and D2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The pressing operation means is composed of a rigid body.

With such a configuration, since the pressing operation means is formed of a rigid body, the pressing operation means is more difficult to displace.

As a result, the pressing operation means is more difficult to displace, so that an effect of further suppressing the coins and the like from being screwed into the gap between the pressing operation means and the cover or the like can be obtained.

In addition, there is an effect that it is possible to further reduce the possibility that the finger meat is caught in the gap between the pressing operation means and the cover or the like.

Here, the pressing operation means corresponds to, for example, the button-type lever 528 in the fourth basic form.

[Invention D4]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of invention D4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine)
A gaming machine (or a launching handle of a gaming machine) capable of adjusting the launch intensity of a game ball,
First operating means for performing an operation for adjusting the firing intensity;
Return force adding means for adding a return force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to a reference position to the first operation means;
Second operating means for performing an operation for restricting the return of the first operating means;
A return restricting means for restricting the return of the first operating means to the reference position based on an operation of the second operating means;
The second operation means includes a pressing operation unit that is pressed by a player.
The return restricting means includes an operation force transmitting portion that is interposed between the pressing operation portion and the first operation means and is disposed so as to be in contact with the first operation means. Based on the above, a return force is generated between the operating force transmission unit and the first operating means to restrict the first operating means from returning to the reference position.

[Invention D5]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention D5 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention D4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The pressing operation unit and the operation force transmission unit are provided, and an operation member disposed at an initial position by its own weight is provided.

Here, the operating member may be a single member provided with all of the operating force transmission unit and the pressing operation unit, or 1 provided with a part of the operating force transmission unit and the pressing operation unit. The operation member may be combined with another operation member provided with the remaining portion of the operation force transmission unit.

In addition, “arranged at the initial position by its own weight” means that the operation member is not provided with an elastic body, an electronically driven device, a means for arranging at an initial position using a force other than gravity, such as magnetic force. It is arranged at the initial position by its own weight. The “initial position” refers to a position where the operation member is arranged in a state where there is no operation by the player.

[Invention E1]
On the other hand, the gaming machine of invention E1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine)
A gaming machine (or a launching handle of a gaming machine) capable of adjusting the launch intensity of a game ball,
First operating means for performing an operation for adjusting the firing intensity;
First return force adding means for adding a return force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to a reference position to the first operation means;
Second operating means for performing an operation for restricting the return of the first operating means;
A base disposed between the first operating means and the second operating means;
A return restriction lever for restricting the return of the first operating means to the reference position based on the operation of the second operating means;
A second return force adding means for adding a return force to the return regulating lever;
The return regulating lever is
The axis,
A regulating portion extending from the shaft to one side and regulating the first operating means;
An operation receiving portion extending from the shaft to the other side and receiving the operation of the second operation means,
The base is
A bearing portion provided on the second operating means side and supporting a shaft of the return regulating lever;
In order to guide the shaft of the return regulating lever from the first operating means side to the bearing portion when penetrating in the direction from the first operating means to the second operating means and assembling the return regulating lever to the base A first through hole of
A second through hole penetrating in the direction from the first operating means to the second operating means and formed between the operation receiving portion and the second operating means;
The return restricting lever supports the shaft of the return restricting lever by the bearing portion, while the operation receiving portion faces the second through hole from the first operating means side, and the second returning force adding means is provided. By attaching a return force to return the operation receiving portion to the second operating means side, and assembled to the base.
The return restricting lever receives the operation of the second operating means at the operation receiving portion, and the operation receiving portion swings toward the first operating means, whereby the restricting portion controls the first operating means. It is characterized by regulation.

With such a configuration, the return force adding means adds a return force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to the reference position, so that the player operates the first operation means. In this case, it is necessary to operate the first operating means to a certain operating position against the returning force of the returning force adding means and hold it at the operating position. At this time, when the player operates the second operating means, the operation receiving section receives the operation of the second operating means, and the operation receiving section swings toward the first operating means. Rotating around, the restricting part restricts the first operating means.

As a result, when the player operates the second operation means, the return control lever restricts the first operation means from returning to the reference position, so that it is easy to fix the firing strength and perform a game for a long time. Is less fatigued, and the player's burden can be reduced.

Also, when the operation position is fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched between them, if the player finishes the game and leaves the fixed state, the next player can realize the same game as it is. Since the operation position is fixed by the operation of the second operation means, after the player finishes the game, the operation position of the first operation means returns to the reference position, and the next player realizes the same game Difficult to do. Therefore, an effect that a game based on the skill of the player can be realized is obtained.

Furthermore, since it is not necessary to screw a coin or the like, it is possible to suppress the damage to the firing handle.

Furthermore, since only the second operating means needs to be provided, the configuration is simplified, and an effect of suppressing an increase in cost can be obtained.

When the return restriction lever is assembled to the base, the shaft of the return restriction lever is guided from the first operating means side to the bearing portion through the first through hole, and the shaft of the return restriction lever is supported by the bearing portion. On the other hand, the operation receiving part is made to face the second through hole from the first operating means side, and a restoring force for returning the operation receiving part to the second operating means side is applied by the second restoring force adding means.

Thereby, once the return restriction lever is assembled to the base, the shaft of the return restriction lever is supported on the second operation means side of the base, and the operation receiving portion is biased to the second operation means side. The return regulating lever is fixed to the first operating means side of the base and is difficult to drop off from the base. Therefore, an effect that the assembly of the firing handle is facilitated can be obtained.

Here, the first operation means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 1430 in the fifth basic form, the first return force addition means corresponds to the coil spring 1435, and the second operation means includes the inner lid portion 1530 and the button. 1570, the base corresponds to the front cover base 1500, and the second restoring force adding means corresponds to the coil spring 1506.

The return regulating lever corresponds to, for example, the locking lever 1501 in the fifth basic form, the regulating portion corresponds to the brake portion 1501b, the operation receiving portion corresponds to the operation receiving portion 1501c, and the bearing portion is The first through hole corresponds to the through hole 1504, and the second through hole corresponds to the through hole 1505.

[Invention E2]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention E1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The restricting portion receives the operation of the second operating means by the operation receiving portion, and the operation receiving portion swings toward the first operating means, thereby contacting the first operating means and the first operating means. One operation means is locked.

With such a configuration, when the player operates the second operating means, the operation receiving section receives the operation of the second operating means, and the operation receiving section swings toward the first operating means to return. The regulating lever rotates about the axis, the regulating portion comes into contact with the first operating means, and the first operating means is locked.

Thus, the shaft of the return regulating lever is supported on the second operating means side of the base, so that the shaft of the return regulating lever is compared with the configuration in which the shaft of the return regulating lever is supported on the first operating means side of the base. To the position where the restricting portion comes into contact with the first operation means. That is, in the lever principle, the distance from the fulcrum to the action point is increased. Accordingly, since the locking of the first operating means is started with a slight operation of the second operating means, there is an effect that the locking of the first operating means with respect to the operation of the second operating means becomes sensitive.

[Invention E3]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention E3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 and E2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The first operation means performs an operation for adjusting the firing intensity by a rotation operation,
The return regulating lever has a straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operation means to the axis of the return restriction lever and a straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operation means to the operation receiving portion. The formed angle is an obtuse angle.

Thereby, the angle formed by the straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operation means to the axis of the return regulating lever and the straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operation means and the operation receiving portion is an acute angle. In comparison with this, it is possible to reduce the torsional force generated in the return restriction lever due to the swing of the return restriction lever. Therefore, since the load on the return regulating lever can be reduced, the durability of the return regulating lever can be improved.

Further, since the distance from the axis of the return regulating lever serving as the fulcrum to the operation receiving portion serving as the power point increases, even if the second operating means is operated with a small force, a large regulating force is generated on the first operating means. Therefore, an effect that the restriction of the first operation means becomes easy can be obtained.

[Invention E4]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention E3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The first operating means includes
A first guide hole formed along a rotation trajectory of the first operation means around a rotation center axis of the first operation means;
A second guide hole that is formed around the rotation center axis of the first operation means along the rotation trajectory of the first operation means, and that opposes the first guide hole;
A first column that extends in the direction of the central axis of rotation of the first operating means and is guided in the first guide hole as the first operating means rotates;
A second support column that extends in the direction of the rotation center axis of the first operation means, is disposed in the vicinity of the first support column, and is guided in the first guide hole as the first operation unit rotates. When,
A third support column extending in the direction of the rotation center axis of the first operation means and guided in the second guide hole as the first operation means rotates;
The restricting portion is inserted between the first support column and the second support column.

With such a configuration, when the player rotates the first operating means, the first support pillar and the second support pillar and the restricting portion inserted between them are accompanied by the rotation of the first operating means. While being guided in the first guide hole, the third support column is guided in the second guide hole.

Thereby, since the restriction | limiting part is inserted between the 1st support | pillar and the 2nd support | pillar, the member which obstructs arrangement | positioning of a return control lever in a 1st operation means or a base can be decreased. Therefore, the angle formed by the straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operating means to the axis of the return regulating lever and the straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operating means to the operation receiving portion is an obtuse angle. The effect that the return regulating lever can be arranged is obtained.

Here, for example, the first guide hole corresponds to the guide hole 1431b in the fifth basic form, the second guide hole corresponds to the guide hole 1431a, the first support post corresponds to the guide support 1631b, The two struts correspond to the guide struts 1631c, and the third strut corresponds to the guide struts 1631a.

[Invention E5]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention E5 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E3 and E4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The first return force adding means is a coil spring;
The first operating means includes a first spring stopper for locking one end of the coil spring,
The base includes a second spring stopper that is provided on the first operating means side and restricts movement of the other end of the coil spring.

With such a configuration, one end of the coil spring is locked by the first spring stopper of the first operating means, and movement of the other end of the coil spring is restricted by the second spring stopper of the base. When the player rotates the first operating means, the coil spring is contracted, and the biasing force for returning the rotating operation position of the first operating means to the reference angle position is applied to the first operating means by the coil spring.

Thereby, since the movement of the other end part of the coil spring is restrained by the second spring stopper of the base, it is possible to reduce the number of members that hinder the arrangement of the return regulating lever in the first operating means or the base. Therefore, the angle formed by the straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operating means to the axis of the return regulating lever and the straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operating means to the operation receiving portion is an obtuse angle. The effect that the return regulating lever can be arranged is obtained.

Here, for example, the first spring stopper corresponds to the spring stopper protrusion 1434 in the fifth basic form, and the second spring stopper corresponds to the spring stoppers 1511a and 1511b.

[Invention E6]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E6 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E5 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The shape between the shaft of the return regulating lever and the operation receiving portion viewed from the first operation means to the second operation means is a curved shape without corners.

In a configuration in which the shape between the shaft of the return regulating lever and the operation receiving portion is angular, the force generated by the swinging of the return regulating lever is concentrated and applied to the corner.

On the other hand, according to the configuration of the present invention, the shape between the shaft of the return regulating lever and the operation receiving portion is a curved line having no corners, so that the force generated by the swinging of the return regulating lever is dispersed. Is loaded. Therefore, it is difficult to apply a local load to the return regulating lever, so that the life of the return regulating lever can be improved.

[Invention E7]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E7 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E6 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The operation receiving portion has a flat surface facing the second operation means, and protrudes closer to the second operation means than the opening surface of the second through hole on the second operation means side. It is characterized by that.

Thereby, the effect that it becomes easy to receive operation of a 2nd operation means in an operation receiving part is acquired.

[Invention E8]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention E8 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention E7 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The second operation means performs an operation for restricting the return of the first operation means by pressing,
The second operating means is provided on the first operating means side, and includes a protrusion that protrudes toward a flat surface of the operation receiving portion.

As a result, when the player presses the second operating means, the projection of the second operating means makes point contact with the flat surface of the operation receiving portion, so that the pressing force applied to the second operating means can be efficiently applied. The effect that it can transmit to a return control lever is acquired.

Here, the protrusion corresponds to the protrusion 1537 in the fifth basic form, for example.
[Invention E9]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention E9 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E8 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The second restoring force adding means is a coil spring;
The operation receiving portion includes a groove formed on the first operation means side and penetrating in an extending direction of one end portion of the coil spring.
The coil spring is characterized in that one end of the coil spring straddles the operation receiving portion and is locked by the groove, and biases the operation receiving portion toward the second operating means.

With such a configuration, one end of the coil spring straddles the operation receiving portion and is locked by the groove of the operation receiving portion, and the operation receiving portion is urged toward the second operation means by the coil spring.

Thereby, since both sides of the operation receiving portion are urged by one end portion of the coil spring, the operation receiving portion can be urged in a balanced manner as compared with a configuration in which only one side of the operation receiving portion is urged. Is obtained.

Moreover, since the one end part of a coil spring is latched by the groove | channel of an operation receiving part, it is hard to drop a coil spring from an operation receiving part. Therefore, the effect that the assembly of the firing handle is further facilitated can be obtained.

Here, the groove corresponds to the groove 1501f in the fifth basic form, for example.
[Invention E10]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E10 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E8 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The second restoring force adding means is a coil spring;
The base is
A spring mounting portion for mounting the spring portion of the coil spring;
A spring stopper for locking one end of the coil spring;
When attaching the spring part of the said coil spring to the said spring attachment part, it is provided with the 3rd through-hole for allowing the other end part of the said coil spring to pass through.

In the configuration without the third through hole, the end of the coil spring comes into contact with the base when the spring portion of the coil spring is attached to the spring mounting portion, so that one end and the other end of the coil spring are identified against the biasing force. It is necessary to attach the spring portion of the coil spring to the spring mounting portion while maintaining the state (for example, horizontal state).

On the other hand, if it is the structure of this invention, if the spring part of a coil spring is attached to a spring attachment part while letting the other end part of a coil spring pass through a 3rd through-hole, and the one end part of a coil spring is latched by a spring stop part Good. Therefore, there is no need to hold the coil spring in a specific state against the urging force, so that the effect of facilitating the mounting of the coil spring can be obtained.

Here, the spring mounting portion corresponds to, for example, the spring mounting portion 1507 in the fifth basic form, the spring locking portion corresponds to the spring locking portion 1508, and the third through hole corresponds to the through hole 1505.

[Invention E11]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E11 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E10 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).
The return restriction lever is characterized in that a distance between the return restriction lever shaft and the operation receiving portion is larger than a distance between the return restriction lever shaft and the restriction portion.

Thereby, even if the second operating means is operated with a small force, a large restricting force is generated on the first operating means, so that the effect that the first operating means can be easily controlled is obtained.

[Invention E12]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention E12 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E11 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The return regulating lever has a U-shaped cross section in the thickness direction.

Thereby, compared with the structure which makes the cross section of the thickness direction of a return control lever solid, the effect that a return control lever can be reduced in weight is acquired.

[Invention E13]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention E13 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention E12 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The restricting portion receives the operation of the second operating means by the operation receiving portion, and the operation receiving portion swings toward the first operating means, thereby contacting the first operating means and the first operating means. 1 Lock the operating means,
A thickness of the restricting portion in a direction in contact with the first operating means is greater than that of a portion other than the restricting portion of the return restricting lever.

As a result, the restricting portion is likely to be worn by contact with the first operating means. However, since the thickness of the restricting portion in the direction of contacting the first operating means is increased, the wear resistance of the restricting portion is improved. The effect that it can be obtained.

[Invention E14]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E14 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E13 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The side of the bearing portion into which the shaft of the return regulating lever is inserted has a shape that inclines toward the first operating means as it moves away from the bearing portion.

As a result, the shaft of the return regulating lever can be slid from the first operating means side so as to be inserted into the bearing portion, so that the effect of facilitating insertion of the shaft of the return regulating lever into the bearing portion can be obtained.

[Invention E15]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E15 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E14 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The first operation means performs an operation for adjusting the firing intensity by a rotation operation,
The first operating means includes
A first guide hole formed along a rotation trajectory of the first operation means around a rotation center axis of the first operation means;
A second guide hole that is formed around the rotation center axis of the first operation means along the rotation trajectory of the first operation means, and that opposes the first guide hole;
A first column that extends in the direction of the central axis of rotation of the first operating means and is guided in the first guide hole as the first operating means rotates;
A second support column that extends in the direction of the rotation center axis of the first operation means, is disposed in the vicinity of the first support column, and is guided in the first guide hole as the first operation unit rotates. When,
Along the arc on the dominant angle side that extends in the direction of the rotation center axis of the first operation means and forms straight lines connecting the rotation center axis of the first operation means to the first support column and the second support column, respectively. A third strut disposed at an equal distance from the first strut and the second strut, and guided in the second guide hole as the first operating means rotates.
The restricting portion is inserted between the first support column and the second support column,
The base is
A first screw hole formed between a position corresponding to the third support column and the second through hole, and screwing the second operating means to the base;
A second screw hole for screwing the second operating means to the base, adjacent to the one close to the first screw hole among the position corresponding to the first support column and the position corresponding to the second support column; ,
From the first screw hole and the second screw hole along an arc of a dominant angle formed by straight lines connecting the rotation center axis of the first operating means to the first screw hole and the second screw hole, respectively. And a third screw hole for screwing the second operating means to the base.

With such a configuration, when the player rotates the first operating means, the first support pillar and the second support pillar and the restricting portion inserted between them are accompanied by the rotation of the first operating means. While being guided in the first guide hole, the third support column is guided in the second guide hole.

Thereby, since the restriction | limiting part is inserted between the 1st support | pillar and the 2nd support | pillar, the member which obstructs arrangement | positioning of a return control lever in a 1st operation means or a base can be decreased. Therefore, the angle formed by the straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operation means to the axis of the return regulating lever and the straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operation means and the operation receiving portion is an obtuse angle. Since the return restriction lever can be arranged, the torsional force generated in the return restriction lever due to the swinging of the return restriction lever can be reduced as compared with the configuration in which the angle is an acute angle. Therefore, since the load on the return regulating lever can be reduced, the durability of the return regulating lever can be improved.

In addition, since the first screw hole, the second screw hole, and the third screw hole are arranged substantially evenly around the rotation center axis of the first operation means, the second operation means can be attached with an evenly distributed fastening force. The effect that it can be screwed to the base is obtained.

Further, since the second operating means is screwed to the base, it is not necessary to provide a claw for fixing the second operating means to the base, so that the number of parts can be reduced and the structure can be simplified. The effect that it can be obtained.

Here, for example, the first guide hole corresponds to the guide hole 1431b in the fifth basic form, the second guide hole corresponds to the guide hole 1431a, the first support post corresponds to the guide support 1631b, The two struts correspond to the guide struts 1631c, and the third strut corresponds to the guide struts 1631a.

[Invention E16]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E16 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E15 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The second restoring force adding means is a first coil spring and a second coil spring,
The first coil spring urges the operation receiving portion from one side of the bearing portion toward the second operating means, and the second coil spring pushes the operation receiving portion from the opposite side of the bearing portion to the second. It is characterized in that it is biased toward the operating means.

With such a configuration, the operation receiving portion is urged from one side of the bearing portion by the first coil spring and from the opposite side of the bearing portion to the second operating means side by the second coil spring.

Thereby, since both sides of the operation receiving portion are urged by the first coil spring and the second coil spring, the operation receiving portion can be urged in a balanced manner as compared with a configuration in which only one side of the operation receiving portion is urged. The effect that it can be obtained.

[Invention E17]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E17 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E16 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).
The bearing portion is
A first bearing groove for supporting one of the shafts of the return regulating lever;
A second bearing groove for supporting the other shaft of the return regulating lever;
Of the first bearing groove and the second bearing groove, the one that supports the shaft of the return restriction lever having a large torsional force applied by the swing of the return restriction lever is deeper than the other bearing groove. It is characterized by that.

Accordingly, the first bearing groove and the second bearing groove that support the shaft of the return restriction lever (large torsion force shaft) having a large torsion force applied by the swing of the return restriction lever (large torsion force bearing groove) Is deeper than the other bearing groove, the large torsional force bearing groove can relax and receive the torsional force applied to the large torsional force shaft. Therefore, since the load on the return regulating lever can be reduced, the durability of the return regulating lever can be improved.

[Invention E18]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E18 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E17 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
Of the one and other shafts of the return regulating lever, one having a large torsional force applied by swinging the return regulating lever is thicker than the other shaft.

As a result, one of the return restriction lever shafts and the other, which has a larger torsional force (large torsional force shaft) added by the swinging of the return restriction lever, is thicker than the other shaft. The durability of the shaft can be improved. Therefore, the load on the return regulating lever can be made almost equal on both shafts, so that the life of the return regulating lever can be improved.

[Invention E19]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E19 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E18 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The restricting portion receives the operation of the second operating means by the operation receiving portion, and the operation receiving portion swings toward the first operating means, thereby contacting the first operating means and the first operating means. 1 Lock the operating means,
The restricting portion has an inclination opposite to a direction of twist caused by swinging of the return restricting lever so that a contact surface of the restricting portion faces the first operating means. It is characterized by.

With such a configuration, even if a torsional force is generated by the swinging of the return regulating lever, the regulating portion comes into contact with the first operation means so that the contact surface of the regulating portion is opposed to the first operating means. Surface contact is made with the first operating means, and a large regulating force is generated on the first operating means.

Thereby, the effect that regulation of the 1st operation means becomes easy is acquired.
[Invention E20]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E20 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E19 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The first operation means performs an operation for adjusting the firing intensity by a rotation operation,
The first operating means includes
A first guide hole formed along a rotation trajectory of the first operation means around a rotation center axis of the first operation means;
A second guide hole that is formed around the rotation center axis of the first operation means along the rotation trajectory of the first operation means, and that opposes the first guide hole;
A first column that extends in the direction of the central axis of rotation of the first operating means and is guided in the first guide hole as the first operating means rotates;
A second support column that extends in the direction of the rotation center axis of the first operation means, is disposed in the vicinity of the first support column, and is guided in the first guide hole as the first operation unit rotates. When,
Along the arc on the dominant angle side that extends in the direction of the rotation center axis of the first operation means and forms straight lines connecting the rotation center axis of the first operation means to the first support column and the second support column, respectively. A third strut disposed at an equal distance from the first strut and the second strut, and guided in the second guide hole as the first operating means rotates.
The restricting portion is inserted between the first support column and the second support column,
The operation receiving portion is disposed adjacent to a position corresponding to the third support column.

With such a configuration, when the player rotates the first operating means, the first support pillar and the second support pillar and the restricting portion inserted between them are accompanied by the rotation of the first operating means. While being guided in the first guide hole, the third support column is guided in the second guide hole.

Accordingly, the restricting portion is inserted between the first support column and the second support column, and the operation receiving unit is adjacent to a position corresponding to the third support column arranged at an equal distance from the first support column and the second support column. Therefore, an angle formed by a straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operation means to the axis of the return regulating lever and a straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operation means and the operation receiving portion is formed. The angle can be close to 180 °, and the torsional force generated in the return restriction lever due to the swinging of the return restriction lever can be reduced. Therefore, since the load on the return regulating lever can be reduced, the durability of the return regulating lever can be improved.

[Invention E21]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E21 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions E1 to E20 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The restricting portion receives the operation of the second operating means by the operation receiving portion, and the operation receiving portion swings toward the first operating means, thereby contacting the first operating means and the first operating means. 1 Lock the operating means,
The contact portion of the first operating means and the contact portion of the restricting portion are formed with concavities and convexities that engage with each other.

With such a configuration, when the player operates the second operating means, the operation receiving section receives the operation of the second operating means, and the operation receiving section swings toward the first operating means to return. The restricting lever rotates around the axis, and the restricting portion comes into contact with the first operating means. At this time, the first operating means is locked by engaging the concaves and convexes formed on the contact portion of the first operation means and the contact portion of the restricting portion.

Thereby, since the first operating means can be firmly locked by the restricting portion, the effect that the first operating means can be easily controlled is obtained.

[Invention E22]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E22 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the same as the gaming machine of the invention E21 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).
The first operation means performs an operation for adjusting the firing intensity by a rotation operation,
The first operating means includes a plurality of teeth that are formed on the inner peripheral surface of the first operating means along the rotational direction of the first operating means and project inward in the rotational radial direction of the first operating means. Prepared,
The restricting portion includes a tooth that meshes with a tooth of the first operation means.

With such a configuration, when the player operates the second operation means, the return restriction lever rotates around the axis, and the restriction portion comes into contact with the inner peripheral surface of the first operation means. At this time, the teeth of the restricting portion are engaged with the teeth protruding inward in the rotational radial direction of the first operating means, whereby the first operating means is locked.

Thereby, the first operating means can be more firmly locked by the restricting portion, so that the effect that the first operating means can be more easily controlled is obtained.

[Invention E23]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention E23 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the same as the gaming machine of the invention E21 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).
The first operation means performs an operation for adjusting the firing intensity by a rotation operation,
The first operation means is formed on a surface orthogonal to the rotation central axis of the first operation means along the rotation direction of the first operation means, and the direction from the first operation means to the second operation means With a plurality of teeth protruding into the
The restricting portion includes a tooth that meshes with a tooth of the first operation means.

With such a configuration, when the player operates the second operation means, the return restriction lever rotates around the axis, and the restriction portion contacts the surface orthogonal to the rotation center axis of the first operation means. . At this time, the first operating means is locked by the teeth of the restricting portion engaging the teeth protruding in the direction of the second operating means of the first operating means.

Thereby, the first operating means can be more firmly locked by the restricting portion, so that the effect that the first operating means can be more easily controlled is obtained.

[Invention F1]
On the other hand, the gaming machine of the invention F1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine)
A gaming machine (or a launching handle of a gaming machine) capable of adjusting the launch intensity of a game ball,
First operating means for performing an operation for adjusting the firing intensity;
A coil spring for applying an urging force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to a reference position to the first operation means;
A first spring stopper for locking one side of one end of the coil spring;
The first operating means includes a second spring stopper for locking the other end of the coil spring.

With such a configuration, one end of the coil spring is locked on one side by the first spring stopper, and the other end of the coil spring is locked on the second spring stopper, so that the player can When the operating means is operated, an urging force for returning the operating position of the first operating means to the reference position is applied to the first operating means by the coil spring. Therefore, when the player operates the first operating means, it is necessary to operate the first operating means to a certain operating position against the biasing force of the coil spring and hold it at the operating position.

Thereby, with respect to the configuration in which both sides of one end of the coil spring are locked, by locking one side of the one end of the coil spring, a member for locking the other side of the one end of the coil spring becomes unnecessary. Accordingly, since the number of members that obstruct the operation of the first operation means is reduced, an effect that the operation range of the first operation means can be increased is obtained.

Here, the first operating means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 1430 in the fifth basic form, the first spring stopper corresponds to the spring stoppers 1511a and 1511b, and the second spring stopper is the spring stopper. This corresponds to the protrusion 1434.

[Invention F2]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention F2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention F1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
Second operating means for performing an operation for restricting the return of the first operating means;
And a return restricting means for restricting the return of the first operating means to the reference position based on an operation of the second operating means.

With such a configuration, the biasing force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to the reference position is added to the first operation means by the coil spring, so that when the player operates the first operation means, It is necessary to operate the first operating means to a certain operating position against the biasing force of the coil spring and hold it at the operating position. At this time, when the player operates the second operation means, the return restriction means restricts the first operation means from returning to the reference position based on the operation of the second operation means.

As a result, when the player operates the second operation means, the return restriction means restricts the first operation means from returning to the reference position, so that the firing strength can be easily fixed and the game can be performed for a long time. Is less fatigued, and the player's burden can be reduced.

Also, when the operation position is fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched between them, if the player finishes the game and leaves the fixed state, the next player can realize the same game as it is. Since the operation position is fixed by the operation of the second operation means, after the player finishes the game, the operation position of the first operation means returns to the reference position, and the next player realizes the same game Difficult to do. Therefore, an effect that a game based on the skill of the player can be realized is obtained.

Furthermore, since it is not necessary to screw a coin or the like, it is possible to suppress the damage to the firing handle.

Furthermore, since only the second operating means needs to be provided, the configuration is simplified, and an effect of suppressing an increase in cost can be obtained.

Here, the second operation means corresponds to, for example, the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570 in the fifth basic form, and the return restriction means corresponds to the locking lever 1501.

[Invention F3]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention F3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions F1 and F2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The first operation means performs an operation for adjusting the firing intensity by a rotation operation,
The first operating means includes
A first guide hole formed along a rotation trajectory of the first operation means around a rotation center axis of the first operation means;
A second guide hole that is formed around the rotation center axis of the first operation means along the rotation trajectory of the first operation means, and that opposes the first guide hole;
A first column that extends in the direction of the central axis of rotation of the first operating means and is guided in the first guide hole as the first operating means rotates;
A second support column that extends in the direction of the rotation center axis of the first operation means, is disposed in the vicinity of the first support column, and is guided in the first guide hole as the first operation unit rotates. When,
And a third column that extends in the direction of the central axis of rotation of the first operating means and is guided in the second guide hole as the first operating means rotates.

With such a configuration, when the player rotates the first operation means, the first support column and the second support column are guided in the first guide hole as the first operation unit rotates. At the same time, the third support column is guided through the second guide hole.

Moreover, although the rotation range of the first operating means can be increased by increasing the length of the first guide hole and the second guide hole in the rotation direction, in this configuration, the first guide hole and the second guide hole There is a problem that the distance from the guide hole is reduced and the strength of the first operating means is insufficient.

On the other hand, according to the configuration of the present invention, there is an effect that the rotation range can be increased while maintaining the strength of the first operation means.

Here, for example, the first guide hole corresponds to the guide hole 1431b in the fifth basic form, the second guide hole corresponds to the guide hole 1431a, the first support post corresponds to the guide support 1631b, The two struts correspond to the guide struts 1631c, and the third strut corresponds to the guide struts 1631a.

[Invention F4]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of invention F4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine)
A gaming machine (or a launching handle of a gaming machine) capable of adjusting the launch intensity of a game ball,
First operating means for performing an operation for adjusting the firing intensity by a rotating operation;
A coil spring for applying an urging force to the first operation means to return the rotation operation position of the first operation means to a reference angle position;
Second operating means for performing an operation for restricting the return of the first operating means;
A base disposed between the first operating means and the second operating means;
A return restricting means for restricting the return of the first operating means to the reference angular position based on an operation of the second operating means;
The first operating means includes
A first guide hole formed along a rotation trajectory of the first operation means around a rotation center axis of the first operation means;
A second guide hole formed around the rotation center axis of the first operation means along the rotation locus of the first operation means, and facing the first guide hole;
A first spring stopper for locking one end of the coil spring;
A first column that extends in the direction of the central axis of rotation of the first operating means and is guided in the first guide hole as the first operating means rotates;
A second support column that extends in the direction of the rotation center axis of the first operation means, is disposed in the vicinity of the first support column, and is guided in the first guide hole as the first operation unit rotates. When,
A third support column extending in the direction of the rotation center axis of the first operation means and guided in the second guide hole as the first operation means rotates;
The base includes a second spring stopper that is provided on the first operating means side and restricts movement of the other end of the coil spring.

In such a configuration, the biasing force for returning the rotation operation position of the first operation means to the reference angle position is added to the first operation means by the coil spring, so that the player rotates the first operation means. When operating, it is necessary to rotate the first operating means to a certain rotational operation position against the biasing force of the coil spring and hold it at the rotational operation position. At this time, when the player operates the second operation means, the return restriction means restricts the first operation means from returning to the reference angular position based on the operation of the second operation means.

Thus, when the player operates the second operating means, the return restricting means restricts the first operating means from returning to the reference angular position, so that the firing strength can be easily fixed and the game can be performed for a long time. However, it is difficult to get tired and the effect of reducing the burden on the player can be obtained.

In addition, when the rotation operation position is fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched, if the player finishes the game and leaves the fixed state, the next player can realize the same game as it is. On the other hand, since the rotation operation position is fixed by the operation of the second operation means, after the player finishes the game, the rotation operation position of the first operation means returns to the reference angular position, and the next game It becomes difficult for a person to realize a similar game. Therefore, an effect that a game based on the skill of the player can be realized is obtained.

Furthermore, since it is not necessary to screw a coin or the like, it is possible to suppress the damage to the firing handle.

Furthermore, since only the second operating means needs to be provided, the configuration is simplified, and an effect of suppressing an increase in cost can be obtained.

Also, one end of the coil spring is locked by the first spring stopper of the first operating means, and movement of the other end of the coil spring is restricted by the second spring stopper of the base, so that the player can When the operation means is rotated, the coil spring is contracted, and the coil spring applies an urging force for returning the rotation operation position of the first operation means to the reference angle position. When the player rotates the first operating means, the first support and the second support are guided through the first guide hole as the first operating means rotates, and the third support is Guided in the second guide hole.

Thereby, the movement of the other end portion of the coil spring is restrained by the second spring stopper portion of the base as compared with the configuration in which the other end portion of the coil spring is locked between the first support column and the second support column by the support column. This eliminates the need for a post or the like for locking the other end of the coil spring. Accordingly, since the number of parts that hinder the rotation of the first operation means is reduced, an effect that the rotation range of the first operation means can be increased is obtained.

Moreover, although the rotation range of the first operating means can be increased by increasing the length of the first guide hole and the second guide hole in the rotation direction, in this configuration, the first guide hole and the second guide hole There is a problem that the distance from the guide hole is reduced and the strength of the first operating means is insufficient.

On the other hand, according to the configuration of the present invention, there is an effect that the rotation range can be increased while maintaining the strength of the first operation means.

Here, the first operation means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 1430 in the fifth basic form, the second operation means corresponds to the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570, and the base corresponds to the front cover base 1500. To do.

Further, the return regulating means corresponds to, for example, the locking lever 1501 in the fifth basic form, the first spring stopper corresponds to the spring stopper protrusion 1434, and the second spring stopper includes the spring stopper 1511a, This corresponds to 1511b.

The first guide hole corresponds to, for example, the guide hole 1431b in the fifth basic form, the second guide hole corresponds to the guide hole 1431a, the first support column corresponds to the guide support column 1631b, The support column corresponds to the guide support column 1631c, and the third support column corresponds to the guide support column 1631a.

[Invention F5]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention F5 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention F4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The return regulation means is
The axis,
A regulating portion extending from the shaft to one side and regulating the first operating means;
An operation receiving portion extending from the shaft to the other side and receiving the operation of the second operation means,
The base includes a bearing portion that supports the shaft of the return regulating means,
The restricting portion is inserted between the first support column and the second support column, receives the operation of the second operation means at the operation receiving portion, and the operation receiving portion swings toward the first operation means side. By moving, the first operating means is brought into contact with the first operating means to be locked.

With such a configuration, when the player rotates the first operating means, the first support pillar and the second support pillar and the restricting portion inserted between them are accompanied by the rotation of the first operating means. While being guided in the first guide hole, the third support column is guided in the second guide hole. When the player operates the second operating means, the operation receiving section receives the operation of the second operating means, and the operation receiving section swings toward the first operating means. , The restricting portion comes into contact with the first operation means, and the first operation means is locked.

Thereby, since the restricting portion is inserted between the first support column and the second support column, it is possible to reduce the number of members that hinder the arrangement of the return restricting unit in the first operation unit or the base. Therefore, the angle formed by the straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operating means to the axis of the return restricting means and the straight line connecting the rotation center axis of the first operating means and the operation receiving portion is an obtuse angle. Since the return restricting means can be arranged, the twisting force generated in the return restricting means due to the swinging of the return restricting means can be reduced as compared with the configuration in which the angle is an acute angle. Therefore, since the load on the return restricting means can be reduced, an effect that the durability of the return restricting means can be improved is obtained.

Here, the restricting portion corresponds to, for example, the brake portion 1501b in the fifth basic form, the operation receiving portion corresponds to the operation receiving portion 1501c, and the bearing portion corresponds to the bearing portion 1502.

[Invention F6]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention F6 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions F4 and F5 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The other end of the coil spring is locked to the third support column in a state in which the biasing force is maintained by rotating in the rotating direction of the first operating means and in the contracting direction of the coil spring. To do.

Thereby, since the coil spring is fixed and attached to the first operating means, the other end of the coil spring can be restrained by the second spring stopper of the base simply by assembling the base to the first operating means. Therefore, an effect that the assembly of the firing handle is facilitated can be obtained.

Further, since the urging force is applied at the reference angle position, an effect that the rotation operation position of the first operating means can be reliably returned to the reference angle position is obtained.

[Invention F7]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention F7 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions F4 to F6 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The other end of the coil spring is locked to the third support column,
The second spring stopper is provided at a position corresponding to the other end of the coil spring locked to the third support column.

Thereby, the other end part of a coil spring can be restrained by the 2nd spring stop part of a base only by latching the other end part of a coil spring to a 3rd support | pillar, and assembling | attaching a base to a 1st operation means. Therefore, an effect that the assembly of the firing handle is facilitated can be obtained.

[Invention F8]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention F8 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention F7 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The third support column includes a third spring stopper for locking the other end of the coil spring,
The second spring stop portion includes a first restraining portion that faces the third spring stop portion and restrains the movement of the other end portion of the coil spring.

With such a configuration, the movement of the other end of the coil spring is restrained between the third spring stopper of the third support column and the first restraining part of the second spring stopper.

As a result, the third strut can be used to constrain the movement of the other end of the coil spring, so that the structure is simplified compared to a configuration in which the second spring stopper is a U-shaped cross section. Thus, the effect of saving space can be obtained.

Here, the third spring stopper corresponds to, for example, the spring stopper 1440 in the fifth basic form, and the first restraint corresponds to the spring stopper 1511a.

[Invention F9]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention F9 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the same as the gaming machine of the invention F8 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine).
The second spring stop portion includes a second restraint portion that faces the first restraint portion and is adjacent to the third spring stop portion and restrains movement of the other end portion of the coil spring.

When assembling the base to the first operating means, if the other end of the coil spring enters the side of the third column, if there is a column receiving part for receiving the third column in the axial direction, the third column and column support The other end of the coil spring is sandwiched between the two parts, which hinders assembly of the firing handle.

On the other hand, if it is the structure of this invention, since the 2nd restraint part can restrain that the other end part of a coil spring moves to the 3rd support | pillar side, the other end part of a coil spring is the 3rd support | pillar side. The possibility of entering the side can be reduced. Therefore, an effect that the assembly of the firing handle is facilitated can be obtained.

Here, the second restraining portion corresponds to, for example, the spring stopper 1511b in the fifth basic form.

[Invention F10]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention F10 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions F8 and F9 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The third spring stopper is provided with a flat surface that is in the direction of rotation of the first operating means and perpendicular to the biasing direction of the coil spring, and the other end of the coil spring is locked by the flat surface. And

Thereby, since the other end part of a coil spring is latched by the flat surface of a 3rd spring stopper part, the other end part of a coil spring can be latched firmly. Therefore, since the base can be easily assembled to the first operation means, an effect that the assembly of the firing handle is facilitated can be obtained.

[Invention F11]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention F11 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions F8 to F10 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The third spring stopper is characterized in that an end of the first operating means on the inner side in the rotational radial direction is inclined in the biasing direction of the coil spring.

In the configuration in which the end of the third spring stopper is angular, when the other end of the coil spring is locked to the third spring stopper, the portion of the other end of the coil spring that hits the end of the third spring stopper The urging force of the coil spring is concentrated and loaded.

On the other hand, in the configuration of the present invention, the end of the third spring stopper is inclined in the biasing direction of the coil spring, so that the portion corresponding to the end of the third spring stopper in the other end of the coil spring. In addition, the biasing force of the coil spring is distributed and loaded around it. Therefore, it is difficult to apply a local load to the other end of the coil spring, so that an effect that the life of the coil spring can be improved is obtained.

[Invention F12]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention F12 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions F8 to F11 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The third spring stopper is formed closer to the second operating means than the opening surface of the first guide hole and the second guide hole on the second operating means side, and the other end of the coil spring is A step portion is provided that is locked in the direction of the rotation center axis of the first operation means.

With such a configuration, the other end portion of the coil spring is restrained from moving to the first operating means side from the opening surfaces of the first guide hole and the second guide hole by the step portion of the third spring stopper. Is done.

Thereby, since the possibility that the other end of the coil spring hinders the rotation of the first operating means can be reduced, the effect that the rotation range of the first operating means can be increased is obtained.

Here, the stepped portion corresponds to, for example, the stepped portion 1440c in the fifth basic form.
[Invention G1]
On the other hand, the gaming machine of the invention G1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine)
A gaming machine (or a launching handle of a gaming machine) capable of adjusting the launch intensity of a game ball,
First operating means for performing an operation for adjusting the firing intensity;
Return force adding means for adding a return force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to a reference position to the first operation means;
Second operating means for performing an operation for restricting the return of the first operating means;
A cover that is disposed between the first operation means and the second operation means and attaches the second operation means;
A return restricting means for restricting the return of the first operating means to the reference position based on an operation of the second operating means;
The second operating means includes
An inner lid disposed inside the cover;
A pressing operation unit disposed outside the cover;
The inner lid portion includes a shaft,
The cover is
An opening for fitting at least one of the inner lid portion and the pressing operation portion;
A bearing portion provided on the first operating means side of the opening, and supporting a shaft of the inner lid portion;
The inner lid portion faces the opening from the first operation means side, and the pressing operation portion faces the opening from the side opposite to the first operation means side, and the inner lid and the The pressing operation unit is attached to the inner lid so that the pressing operation unit can swing a predetermined distance across the opening.

With such a configuration, the return force adding means adds a return force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to the reference position, so that the player operates the first operation means. In this case, it is necessary to operate the first operating means to a certain operating position against the returning force of the returning force adding means and hold it at the operating position. At this time, when the player presses the pressing operation portion, the inner lid portion and the pressing operation portion swing around the axis of the inner lid portion by a predetermined distance across the opening. Then, the return restricting means restricts the return of the first operating means to the reference position based on the operation of the second operating means.

As a result, when the player operates the second operation means, the return restriction means restricts the first operation means from returning to the reference position, so that the firing strength can be easily fixed and the game can be performed for a long time. Is less fatigued, and the player's burden can be reduced.

Also, when the operation position is fixed with a coin or the like sandwiched between them, if the player finishes the game and leaves the fixed state, the next player can realize the same game as it is. Since the operation position is fixed by the operation of the second operation means, after the player finishes the game, the operation position of the first operation means returns to the reference position, and the next player realizes the same game Difficult to do. Therefore, an effect that a game based on the skill of the player can be realized is obtained.

Furthermore, since it is not necessary to screw a coin or the like, it is possible to suppress the damage to the firing handle.

Furthermore, since only the second operating means needs to be provided, the configuration is simplified, and an effect of suppressing an increase in cost can be obtained.

Further, the second operating means has a double structure of the inner lid portion and the pressing operation portion, and the inner lid portion and the pressing operation portion swing around the opening portion by a predetermined distance around the opening portion. As compared with a configuration in which only the pressing operation unit swings without a portion, an effect of reducing the possibility of the finger meat being caught in the gap between the pressing operation unit and the cover is obtained.

Here, the first operation means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 1430 in the fifth basic form, the return force addition means corresponds to the coil spring 1435, and the second operation means corresponds to the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570. Corresponding, the cover corresponds to the button cover 1550, and the return restricting means corresponds to the locking lever 1501.

Further, the inner lid portion corresponds to, for example, the inner lid portion 1530 in the fifth basic form, the pressing operation portion corresponds to the button 1570, the opening portion corresponds to the opening portion 1551, and the bearing portion corresponds to the bearing. This corresponds to the part 1552.

[Invention G2]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention G1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
It is provided with the restraint part which restrains the movement of the circumferential direction of the said inner cover part.

Thereby, since the movement of the inner cover part in the circumferential direction is restricted, the torsional force generated on the shaft of the inner cover part can be reduced. Therefore, since the load on the shaft of the inner lid portion can be reduced, an effect that the durability of the shaft of the inner lid portion can be improved is obtained.

Further, when the first operation means is to be rotated, when the pressing operation portion is rotated (moved in the circumferential direction), the first operation means is rotated to a certain angular position. Difficult to maintain.

On the other hand, according to the configuration of the present invention, since the movement of the inner lid portion in the circumferential direction is restricted, the pressing operation portion is difficult to rotate, and the rotation operation position of the first operation means is easily maintained. The effect is obtained.

Here, the restraining portion corresponds to, for example, the claw restraining portions 1553a and 1553b in the fifth basic form.

[Invention G3]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention G3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 and G2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The pressing operation portion includes a flange portion that is formed on the inner lid portion side along a peripheral edge of the pressing operation portion and protrudes toward the inner lid portion.

Thereby, even if a finger is mistakenly inserted inside the pressing operation part, its entry is prevented by the buttocks and it becomes difficult to insert the finger inside the pressing operation part. There is an effect that it is possible to further reduce the possibility of finger meat being caught in the gap between them.

Here, the collar corresponds to the collar 1573 in the fifth basic form, for example.
[Invention G4]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention G3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The collar portion is inclined toward the center side of the pressing operation portion as it is separated from the pressing operation portion.

As a result, it becomes difficult to insert a finger into the inner side of the pressing operation unit toward the front side of the pressing operation unit, thereby further reducing the possibility of the finger meat being caught in the gap between the pressing operation unit and the cover. The effect that it can be obtained.

[Invention G5]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G5 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G3 and G4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The collar portion is formed only on the swing end portion side of the pressing operation portion with respect to a position corresponding to the axis of the inner lid portion.

In the configuration in which the collar portion is formed over the entire circumference of the pressing operation portion, a gap is easily formed between the pressing operation portion and the cover, and a coin or the like is screwed into the clearance to fix the pressing operation portion in a pressed state. It is assumed that

On the other hand, in the configuration of the present invention, the pressing operation portion is not formed with a collar portion on the side opposite to the swing end portion side from the position corresponding to the axis of the inner lid portion. It is difficult to form a gap between the cover (opposite side of the swinging end) and the cover, and it is possible to obtain an effect that a coin or the like can be prevented from being screwed into the gap.

In addition, there is an effect that it is possible to reduce the possibility that the flesh of the finger is caught in the gap between the pressing operation portion (the side opposite to the swinging end portion) and the cover.

[Invention G6]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G6 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G5 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The inner lid part has a larger shape than the opening part.

As a result, the inner lid portion is unlikely to jump out of the opening, and thus the effect of reducing the possibility of jumping out of the cover even if the inner lid portion and the pressing operation portion swing is obtained.

[Invention G7]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G7 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G6 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The shaft of the inner lid portion is provided outside the peripheral edge portion of the inner lid portion.

As a result, it is difficult to form a gap between the pressing operation portion (opposite side of the swinging end portion) and the cover, and an effect of suppressing coins and the like from being screwed into the gap is obtained.

In addition, there is an effect that it is possible to reduce the possibility that the flesh of the finger is caught in the gap between the pressing operation portion (the side opposite to the swinging end portion) and the cover.

[Invention G8]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G8 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G7 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The inner lid portion includes a plurality of screw through holes that allow a screw for screwing the inner lid portion and the pressing operation portion to pass therethrough,
The pressing operation portion includes a plurality of screw hole columns corresponding to the positions of the screw through holes, and female screws formed along the axis,
The screw hole column is characterized in that it becomes higher from the position corresponding to the axis of the inner lid portion toward the swinging end portion of the pressing operation portion.

With such a configuration, the screw hole column becomes higher from the position corresponding to the axis of the inner lid portion toward the swinging end portion of the pressing operation unit. The pressing surface protrudes.

Thereby, if the axis | shaft of an inner cover part is arrange | positioned upwards, since a press operation part faces diagonally upward, the effect that it becomes easy for a player to press a press operation part is acquired.

Here, the screw through holes correspond to, for example, the screw through holes 1535a, 1535b, and 1535c in the fifth basic form, and the screw hole columns correspond to the screw hole columns 1571a, 1571b, and 1571c.

[Invention G9]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention G9 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention G8 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The pressing operation unit includes a flange that is coupled to a root of the screw hole column and protrudes in an axial direction of the screw hole column.

Thereby, compared with the structure which raises a screw hole column directly from a press operation part, since a screw hole column is reinforced with a collar part, the effect that durability of a screw hole column can be improved is acquired.

Here, the flange corresponds to, for example, the flange 1572 in the fifth basic form.
[Invention G10]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G10 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G8 and G9 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The inner lid portion is formed around the screw through-hole, protrudes toward the pressing operation portion, and includes a positioning step portion for positioning the screw hole pillar in the screw through-hole. .

Thereby, since alignment with an inner cover part and a press operation part becomes easy, the effect that an inner cover part and a press operation part become easy to assemble | attach is acquired.

Here, the positioning step portion corresponds to, for example, the positioning step portion 1536 in the fifth basic form.

[Invention G11]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention G11 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G10 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The pressing operation portion includes a first collar portion that is formed on the inner lid portion side along a peripheral edge of the pressing operation portion and protrudes toward the inner lid portion.
The cover includes a second collar portion formed on the side of the pressing operation portion along a peripheral edge of the opening, projecting toward the pressing operation portion, and formed on the outer side of the first collar portion. Features.

Thereby, even if a finger is mistakenly inserted inside the pressing operation part, its entry is blocked by the first collar part or the second collar part, and it becomes difficult to insert the finger inside the pressing operation part. There is an effect that it is possible to further reduce the possibility of the finger meat being caught in the gap between the pressing operation unit and the cover.

Here, the first collar corresponds to, for example, the collar 1573 in the fifth basic form, and the second collar corresponds to the collar 1557.

[Invention G12]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G12 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G11 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The shaft of the inner lid part is made of metal.

The pressing operation unit is operated by the player. Since the operation of the pressing operation unit is directly transmitted to the inner lid part, when the player presses the pressing operation part vigorously, the shaft of the inner lid part is operated. It is assumed that a heavy load is applied.

On the other hand, according to the configuration of the present invention, since the shaft of the inner lid portion is made of metal, an effect that the durability of the shaft of the inner lid portion can be improved is obtained.

[Invention G13]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G13 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G12 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
A peripheral portion of the pressing operation unit is in contact with an outside of the opening of the cover.

With such a configuration, the peripheral edge portion of the pressing operation portion comes into contact with the outside of the opening of the cover, and the pressing operation portion is prevented from entering the cover. Therefore, the inner lid portion is also prevented from swinging more than a certain amount toward the first operating means.

Thereby, when a player presses a pressing operation part vigorously, possibility that a big force will be added to a return regulation means via an inner cover part can be reduced. Therefore, since the impact on the return regulating means can be reduced, the effect that the life of the return regulating means can be improved is obtained.

[Invention G14]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention G14 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G13 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The first operation means performs an operation for adjusting the firing intensity by a rotation operation,
The inner lid portion includes an escape hole that allows the rotation shaft of the first operation means to escape toward the pressing operation portion when the pressing operation portion is pressed.

In a configuration in which there is no escape hole in the inner lid portion, when the pressing operation portion is pressed, the rotation shaft of the first operating means comes into contact with the inner lid portion, and the swing operation of the inner lid portion and the pressing operation portion is hindered. Is assumed.

On the other hand, according to the configuration of the present invention, when the pressing operation portion is pressed, the rotation shaft of the first operating means is released through the escape hole of the inner lid portion, so that the swing operation of the inner lid portion and the pressing operation portion is performed. The effect that the possibility of being inhibited can be reduced is obtained.

Here, the escape hole corresponds to, for example, the escape hole 1534 in the fifth basic form.
[Invention G15]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G15 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G14 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
A base disposed between the first operating means and the second operating means;
The return regulation means is
The axis,
A regulating portion extending from the shaft to one side and regulating the first operating means;
An operation receiving portion that extends from the shaft to the other side and abuts on the inner lid portion that swings toward the first operating means;
The base includes a second bearing portion that supports the shaft of the return regulating means,
The cover includes a shaft restraining portion that restrains movement of the shaft of the return restricting means.

With such a configuration, when the pressing operation portion is pressed, the inner lid portion and the pressing operation portion swing toward the first operation means, and the inner lid portion comes into contact with the operation receiving portion. And the pressing force of the inner lid portion is received by the operation receiving portion, and the operation receiving portion swings toward the first operating means, but the movement of the shaft of the return restricting means is restricted by the shaft restricting portion. Even if the operation receiving portion swings, the shaft of the return regulating means does not move.

Thereby, since the movement of the shaft of the return restricting means is restricted by the shaft restraining portion, the effect that the return restricting means can be stably swung can be obtained.

Here, for example, the base corresponds to the front cover base 1500 in the fifth basic form, the restricting portion corresponds to the brake portion 1501b, the operation receiving portion corresponds to the operation receiving portion 1501c, and the second bearing portion. Corresponds to the bearing portion 1502, and the shaft restraint portion corresponds to the shaft restraint portion 1554.

[Invention G16]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G16 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G15 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The cover is characterized in that the side of the oscillating end portion of the pressing operation portion protrudes toward the second operation means rather than the shaft side of the inner lid portion.

With such a configuration, since the cover protrudes from the side of the swinging end portion of the pressing operation portion toward the second operating means rather than the shaft side of the inner lid portion, the swinging end portion of the pressing operation portion. The pressing surface on the side protrudes.

Thereby, if the axis | shaft of an inner cover part is arrange | positioned upwards, since a press operation part faces diagonally upward, the effect that it becomes easy for a player to press a press operation part is acquired.

[Invention G17]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G17 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G16 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The pressing operation part has a hemispherical shape convex to the side opposite to the first operating means side, and has a vertex on the side of the swinging end of the pressing operation part from the center of the pressing operation part. Features.

Thereby, if the axis | shaft of an inner cover part is arrange | positioned upwards, since the surface area of the upper part of a press operation part will become large, the effect that a player's pressing force can be received efficiently will be acquired.

[Invention G18]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention G18 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G17 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
At least one of the inner lid part, the pressing operation part, and the cover is made of a transparent member.

Thereby, even if coins etc. mix in an inner cover part, a press operation part, or a cover, the effect that discovery becomes easy is acquired.

[Invention G19]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G19 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G18 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The shaft of the inner lid part is provided at a position corresponding to a peripheral edge of the pressing operation part or outside the pressing operation part.

As a result, it is difficult to form a gap between the pressing operation portion (opposite side of the swinging end portion) and the cover, and an effect of suppressing coins and the like from being screwed into the gap is obtained.

In addition, there is an effect that it is possible to reduce the possibility that the flesh of the finger is caught in the gap between the pressing operation portion (the side opposite to the swinging end portion) and the cover.

[Invention G20]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G20 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G1 to G19 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The first operation means performs an operation for adjusting the firing intensity by a rotation operation,
The first operating means includes a finger hooking part for a player to hook a finger,
The finger-hanging portion protrudes toward the second operating means.

As a result, even if a coin or the like is sandwiched in the gap between the pressing operation portion and the cover, if the player rotates the first operation means in that state, the finger-hanging portion protrudes toward the second operation means. Therefore, it can be expected that the finger-hanging part comes into contact with the coin or the like, and the coin or the like falls off. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the operation position of the pressing operation unit is fixed.

Here, the finger hanging portion corresponds to, for example, the finger hanging portions 1430a to 1430c in the fifth basic form.

[Invention G21]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention G21 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention G20 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The finger-hanging portion protrudes up to an extended line of a gap between the pressing operation portion and the cover.

Thus, even if a coin or the like is sandwiched in the gap between the pressing operation unit and the cover, if the player rotates the first operation unit in that state, the pressing operation unit is moved to the second operation unit side. Since the finger-hanging portion protrudes to the extended line of the gap between the cover and the cover, it can be further expected that the finger-hanging portion comes into contact with the coin or the like and the coin or the like falls off. For example, when the gap between the pressing operation unit and the cover is a vertical surface, the finger hooking unit may be protruded to a position corresponding to at least between the pressing operation unit and the cover. Therefore, it is possible to further reduce the possibility that the operation position of the pressing operation unit is fixed.

[Invention G22]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention G22 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G20 and G21 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The finger-hanging portion is characterized in that a distance from the cover is set so as to contact a foreign object sandwiched in a gap between the pressing operation portion and the cover.

As a result, even if a coin or the like is sandwiched in the gap between the pressing operation unit and the cover, if the player rotates the first operation means in that state, the gap between the pressing operation unit and the cover is reduced. Since the distance between the finger rest and the cover is set so as to come into contact with the sandwiched foreign matter, it can be further expected that the finger rest will come into contact with the coin or the like, and the coin or the like will fall off. For example, when a foreign object sandwiched in a gap between the pressing operation unit and the cover protrudes for a predetermined length, the distance between the finger hooking unit and the cover may be set to a predetermined length or less. Therefore, it is possible to further reduce the possibility that the operation position of the pressing operation unit is fixed.

[Invention G23]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention G23 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions G20 to G22 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
A surface where the pressing operation portion and the cover are in contact with each other is inclined toward the first operation means.

Thereby, since the surface which a press operation part and a cover contact inclines to the 1st operation means side, it can further be expected that a finger hook part contacts a coin etc. and a coin etc. fall. Therefore, it is possible to further reduce the possibility that the operation position of the pressing operation unit is fixed.

[Invention H1]
On the other hand, the gaming machine of the invention H1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine)
A gaming machine (or a launching handle of a gaming machine) capable of adjusting the launch intensity of a game ball,
First operating means for performing an operation for adjusting the firing intensity;
Return force adding means for adding a return force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to a reference position to the first operation means;
Second operating means for performing an operation for restricting the return of the first operating means;
A cover that is disposed between the first operation means and the second operation means and attaches the second operation means;
A return restricting means for restricting the return of the first operating means to the reference position based on an operation of the second operating means;
Foreign matter removing means for removing foreign matter inserted in a gap between the second operating means and the cover is provided.

With such a configuration, the return force adding means adds a return force for returning the operation position of the first operation means to the reference position, so that the player operates the first operation means. In this case, it is necessary to operate the first operating means to a certain operating position against the returning force of the returning force adding means and hold it at the operating position. At this time, when the player operates the second operation means, the return restriction means restricts the first operation means from returning to the reference position based on the operation of the second operation means.

As a result, when the player operates the second operation means, the return restriction means restricts the first operation means from returning to the reference position, so that the firing strength can be easily fixed and the game can be performed for a long time. Is less fatigued, and the player's burden can be reduced.

Also, when fixing the operation position with a foreign object in between, if the player finishes the game and leaves while leaving the fixed state, the next player can realize the same game as it is, Since the operation position is fixed by the operation of the second operation means, after the player finishes the game, the operation position of the first operation means returns to the reference position, and the next player realizes the same game. It becomes difficult. Therefore, an effect that a game based on the skill of the player can be realized is obtained.

Furthermore, since it is not necessary to screw in a foreign object, the effect that the damage to a firing handle can be suppressed is acquired.

Furthermore, since only the second operating means needs to be provided, the configuration is simplified, and an effect of suppressing an increase in cost can be obtained.

Furthermore, even if a foreign object is caught in the gap between the second operating means and the cover, the foreign object is removed by the foreign object removing means, so that the possibility that the operation position of the second operating means is fixed can be reduced. The effect that it can be obtained.

Here, the first operation means corresponds to, for example, the handle ring 1430 in the fifth basic form, the return force addition means corresponds to the coil spring 1435, and the second operation means corresponds to the inner lid portion 1530 and the button 1570. Corresponding, the cover corresponds to the button cover 1550.

The return regulating means corresponds to, for example, the locking lever 1501 in the fifth basic form, and the foreign matter removing means corresponds to the finger hooking portions 1430a to 1430c.

[Invention H2]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention H2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention H1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The first operation means performs an operation for adjusting the firing intensity by a rotation operation,
The first operation means includes, as the foreign matter removing means, a finger hooking portion for a player to put a finger on,
The finger-hanging portion protrudes toward the second operating means.

As a result, even if a foreign object is caught in the gap between the second operating means and the cover, if the player rotates the first operating means in that state, the finger-hanging portion protrudes toward the second operating means. Therefore, it can be expected that the finger-hanging portion comes into contact with the foreign matter and the foreign matter falls off. Therefore, it is possible to further reduce the possibility that the operation position of the second operation means is fixed.

Here, the finger hanging portion corresponds to, for example, the finger hanging portions 1430a to 1430c in the fifth basic form.

[Invention H3]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention H3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention H2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The finger-hanging portion protrudes up to an extended line of a gap between the second operation means and the cover.

Thus, even if a foreign object is caught in the gap between the second operation means and the cover, if the player rotates the first operation means in that state, the second operation means is moved to the second operation means side. Since the finger-hanging portion protrudes to the extended line of the gap between the means and the cover, it can be further expected that the finger-hanging portion contacts the foreign matter and the foreign matter falls off. For example, when the gap between the second operating means and the cover is a vertical surface, the finger hooking portion may be projected to a position corresponding to at least between the second operating means and the cover. Therefore, it is possible to further reduce the possibility that the operation position of the second operation means is fixed.

[Invention H4]
Further, the gaming machine of the invention H4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions H2 and H3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The finger-hanging portion is characterized in that a distance from the cover is set so as to contact a foreign object sandwiched in a gap between the second operation means and the cover.

Thus, even if a foreign object is caught in the gap between the second operation means and the cover, if the player rotates the first operation means in that state, the gap between the second operation means and the cover Since the distance between the finger rest and the cover is set so as to contact the foreign matter sandwiched between the fingers, it can be further expected that the finger catch will come into contact with the foreign matter and the foreign matter will fall off. For example, when a foreign object sandwiched in the gap between the second operating means and the cover protrudes for a predetermined length, the distance between the finger rest and the cover may be set to a predetermined length or less. Therefore, it is possible to further reduce the possibility that the operation position of the second operation means is fixed.

[Invention H5]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention H5 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of any one of the inventions H2 to H4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The surface where the second operating means and the cover are in contact with each other is inclined toward the first operating means.

Thereby, since the surface which the 2nd operation means and a cover contact inclines to the 1st operation means side, it can further be expected that a finger hook part contacts a foreign substance and a foreign substance falls off. Therefore, it is possible to further reduce the possibility that the operation position of the second operation means is fixed.

[Invention I1]
On the other hand, the gaming machine of Invention I1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine)
A game ball launching device for launching a game ball into the game area, a launch handle for performing a turning operation for adjusting the launch strength of the game ball, and a launch strength of the game ball launching device according to an operation amount of the launch handle A gaming machine (or a gaming machine launching handle) having a launch control unit for controlling
The firing handle includes a handle base that is a base of the firing handle, and a handle ring that is rotatably attached to the handle base.
The handle base has a function related to a game for an operation by changing an attachment angle, pulling operation, pushing operation, or sliding operation of the entire handle base or a part of the handle base including the handle ring. Is provided with a handle base operating mechanism.

Thus, in order to change or maintain the function related to the game to the operation of changing the attachment angle, pulling operation, pushing operation, or sliding operation in the entire handle base or a part of the handle base including the handle ring. Can be used to give gaming machines an unprecedented operating function for gaming machines, enabling new gaming operations, improving gaming machine operability, or gaming It is possible to reduce the burden of the game operation of the person.

[Invention I2]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention I2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention I1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The handle base operation mechanism is configured to maintain the firing strength of the game ball launching device at the firing strength at the time of the pushing down of the launching handle by the pushing down operation by the weight of the hand that performs the turning operation of the launching handle. And

Thus, the player can maintain the firing strength of the game ball launching device at the firing strength at the time of pushing down the launching handle by the push-down operation by the weight of the hand that performs the turning operation of the launching handle. The player can maintain the launch strength of the game ball simply by depositing the weight of the hand to the launch handle, and the player maintains the game ball launcher at the desired launch strength while reducing the burden on the player's handle operation. be able to.

[Invention I3]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention I3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention I2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The handle base operating mechanism is a brake that maintains the firing strength of the game ball launching device by mechanically fixing the handle ring to maintain an operation amount of the launching handle.

Thus, by using the handle base operation mechanism as a brake that mechanically fixes the handle ring, it is possible to easily and reliably maintain the firing strength of the game ball launching device by the player's operation, and the player It is also possible to perform an operation accompanied by analog adjustment.

[Invention I4]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention I3 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention I2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
The handle base operation mechanism is a switch that maintains the firing strength of the game ball launching device by electrically controlling the launch control unit.

In this way, the handle base operation mechanism is a switch that maintains the firing strength of the game ball launching device by electrically controlling the launch control unit, so that the game ball can be electrically operated regardless of the mechanical structure. The firing strength can be maintained.

[Invention I5]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention I5 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) is the gaming machine of the invention I2, I3, I4 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine),
Maintenance of the launch intensity of the game ball by the handle base operation mechanism is possible only in the range where the launch intensity of the game ball launching device reaches the game area.

In this way, it is possible to maintain the launch intensity of the game ball by the handle base operation mechanism only in the range where the launch intensity of the game ball launching device reaches the game area, so that the launch of the game ball that is not appropriate for the game is possible. It is possible to prevent the game operation from being maintained and fixed in strength.

[Invention J1]
On the other hand, the gaming machine of invention J1 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine)
A game ball launching device for launching a game ball into the game area, a launch handle for performing a turning operation for adjusting the launch strength of the game ball, and a launch strength of the game ball launching device according to an operation amount of the launch handle A game machine having a launch control unit for controlling
The firing handle includes a handle base that is a base of the firing handle, and a handle ring that is rotatably attached to the handle base.
The handle base has an operation amount of the firing handle in accordance with a switching operation by an operation of changing an attachment angle, a pulling operation, a pushing operation, a grasping operation, or a sliding operation of the whole or a part of the handle base. A game machine comprising a handle base operation mechanism to which a function for controlling the game ball launching device is assigned so that the game ball reaches the right end of the machine surface.

[Invention J2]
Furthermore, the gaming machine of the invention J2 (or the launching handle of the gaming machine) includes a gaming ball launching device that launches a gaming ball into the gaming area, a launching handle that performs a turning operation to adjust the launching intensity of the gaming ball, A launch control unit that controls the launch intensity of the game ball launcher according to the amount of operation of the launch handle;
The firing handle includes a handle base that is a base of the firing handle, and a handle ring that is rotatably attached to the handle base.
The handle base has an operation amount of the firing handle in accordance with a switching operation by an operation of changing an attachment angle, a pulling operation, a pushing operation, a grasping operation, or a sliding operation of the whole or a part of the handle base. A gaming machine comprising a handle base operation mechanism to which a function for controlling the gaming ball launching device is assigned so as to interrupt the launching of the gaming ball.

  In this way, the switch is pushed (or released) based on the operation of changing the mounting angle, pulling operation, pushing operation, grasping operation or sliding operation of the entire handle base or a part thereof. A game ball aiming at a certain position on the surface of the game board by using a handle base operation mechanism that controls the launch control unit to strike or stop the game ball to the right or stop regardless of the operation amount of the launch handle based on the signal from the switch If you need to make a right-handed or stop-running operation temporarily while firing the battery, you can easily and quickly perform a right-handed or stop-running operation while keeping the handle ring angular position at the desired angle. If you don't need to make a right or stop strike, you can easily launch a game ball aiming at a certain position on the game board again. It is possible to return, it is possible to reduce the physical burden of that and the player to reduce the wasteful consumption of the game ball.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Pachinko machine, 11 ... Outer frame, 12 ... Main part of game machine, 13 ... Main body frame, 14 ... Front door frame, 15 ... Back pack unit, 21 ... Window part, 22 ... Glass, 23 ... Annular lighting part, 24 ... Error display lamp unit, 25 ... Prize ball lamp unit, 26 ... Speaker unit, 31 ... Upper bulge unit, 32 ... Lower bulge unit, 33 ... Upper plate, 34 ... Lower plate, 35 ... Operation buttons, 36 ... ball lending operation device, 37 ... ball lending button, 38 ... return button, 39 ... frequency display section, 41, 42 ... game ball launch handle, 50 ... passage forming unit, 51 ... front door side upper plate passage, 52 ... front Door side lower plate passage, 53 ... receiving port, 54 ... partition wall, 55 ... foul ball passage, 59 ... full tank detection sensor, 61, 62 ... projection shaft, 63 ... metal fitting, 71 ... resin base, 72 ... support Metal fitting 74 ... Insertion hole 75 ... Cylinder lock 76 ... Window Hole, 78 ... Front door frame opening switch, 81 ... Game board, 81a ... Base plate, 82 ... General winning port, 83 ... Variable winning device, 83a ... Large winning port, 84a, 84b ... Start winning port, 85 ... Through gate 86 ... Variable display unit, 87 ... Out port, 88 ... Nail, 91 ... Production symbol display device, 92 ... Center frame, 93 ... Special symbol display device, 93a ... LED, 93b, 242a ... 7 segment display device, 94 ... Normal symbol display device, 94a ... Display section, 95, 96 ... Holding lamp, 101 ... Inner rail, 102 ... Outer rail, 103 ... Arc member, 104 ... Return ball prevention member, 105 ... Return rubber, 110 ... Game ball launcher 111 ... Solenoid, 112 ... Launch rail, 113 ... Ball feed mechanism, 121 ... Passage forming part, 122 ... Main body side upper plate passage, 123 ... Lower side of main body Passage, 124 ... Opening / closing member, 125 ... Support shaft, 131 ... Locking device, 132 ... Bearing fitting, 133, 504, 516, 710 ... Bearing portion, 134 ... Fastened hole, 135 ... Locking fitting, 141 ... Frame cover, 142 ... Audio lamp control unit, 143 ... Audio lamp control unit, 144, 161, 241 ... Mounting base, 145, 163, 244 ... Substrate box, 150 ... Collecting plate unit, 151 ... Collection passage, 152a-152c ... Winner 153 ... Count sensor, 154a, 154b ... Start winning prize sensor, 155 ... Gate sensor, 160 ... Main control device unit, 162 ... Main control device, 164 ... Sealing part, 165 ... Coupling piece, 166 ... Coupled piece, 201 ... Back pack, 202 ... Dispensing mechanism section, 203 ... Discharge passage board, 204 ... Control device assembly Knit, 211 ... Base part, 212 ... Protective cover part, 213 ... External terminal board, 214 ... Latching pin, 215 ... Fastener, 217 ... Body frame opening switch, 221 ... Tank, 222 ... Tank rail, 223 ... Case rail 223a ... Non-ball detection sensor, 223b ... Ball removal switch, 224 ... Dispensing device, 225 ... Game ball distribution part, 226, 227, 228, 502, 512, 542 ... Opening part, 229 ... Back pack substrate, 229a ... Power supply 231 ... Discharge passage, 242 ... Discharge control device, 243 ... Power supply and launch control device, 243a ... Power supply unit, 243b ... Launch control unit, 243c ... Power failure monitoring circuit, 243d ... RAM erase switch circuit, 245 ... State return switch 247 ... RAM erasure switch, 249 ... ball lending connection terminal board, 258 ... payout ball Detection sensor, 300 ... control system, 302 ... display control device, 310 ... MPU, 312 ... ROM, 314 ... RAM, 316 ... input port, 318 ... output port, 320 ... bus, 362 ... audio output device, 364 ... lamp display Device, 430 ... handle ring, 430a, 430b, 430c ... finger hook, 431a, 431b ... guide hole, 432a, 432b, 702a, 702b ... screw hole, 433 ... shaft hole, 434 ... protrusion, 436 ... inner front surface, 438 ... Inner peripheral surface, 440 ... Launch stop switch operation section, 450 ... Front cover, 460 ... Handle base, 461 ... Storage container, 461v ... Notch, 462 ... Support section, 500 ... Front cover base, 506 ... Locking member, 508a 508b ... Claw member 510a 510b 510c Through hole 514 Stop lever, 514a, 522a, 528a ... shaft, 518, HS ... coil spring, 520 ... button, 520a ... claw receiving part, 522 ... swing arm, 524, 700jt ... projection, 526 ... button front cover, 528 ... button type Lever, 528b ... Pressing operation part, 528c ... Locking arm, 528d ... Locking surface, 540 ... Button cover, 540a ... Claw part, 544a, 544b ... engagement hole, 620 ... Launch stop switch, 631a, 631b, 631c ... Guide struts 634, 766 ... Spring stop struts, 700 ... Main drive gear, 700a ... Arc, 700f ... Fixed part, 700g ... Gear part, 700gn1, 700gn2 ... Low tooth part, 700gw ... High tooth part, 700h ... Support shaft, 700j ... Projection shaft, 700p, 720c, 740t ... Teeth, 710a ... Groove, 710h ... 720 ... driven gear, 720f ... collar, 720h, 740h ... through shaft hole, 720p, 720q ... tooth groove, 730 ... resistance shaft, 740 ... biasing gear, 740a ... spring retaining groove, 740i ... inner periphery, 740o ... Peripheral part, 740s ... Spring groove, 750 ... Biasing gear shaft, 760 ... Biasing spring, 800 ... Gear mechanism, DST ... Projection, H ... Card insertion slot, 1400 ... Handle base, 1401 ... Storage container, 1401v ... Cutting Notch, 1402 ... Support part, 1410 ... Launch stop switch operation part, 1430 ... Handle ring, 1430a, 1430b, 1430c ... Finger hook part, 1431a, 1431b ... Guide hole, 1432a, 1432b ... Screw hole, 1433 ... Shaft hole, 1434 ... 1435, a coil spring, 1435a, a foot on one end side of the coil spring, 1435 b: Feet on the other end side of the coil spring, 1438 ... inner peripheral surface, 1440 ... spring stopper, 1440a ... flat surface, 1440b ... end, 1440c ... step, 1450 ... front cover, 1500 ... front cover base, 1501 ... Locking lever, 1501a ... shaft, 1501b ... brake part, 1501c ... operation receiving part, 1501d ... straight line part, 1501e ... curved part, 1501f ... groove 1502 ... bearing part, 1503 ... shaft hole, 1504, 1505 ... through hole, 1506 ... Coil spring, 1506a ... Foot on one end side of coil spring, 1506b ... Foot on the other end side of coil spring, 1507 ... Spring mounting part, 1508 ... Spring stopper part, 1509a, 1509b, 1509c ... Screw hole, 1510a, 1510b, 1510c ... Penetrating Holes, 1511a, 1511b ... spring stoppers, 1530 ... Inner lid part, 1531 ... Shaft, 1532 ... Shaft support part, 1533a, 1533b ... Claw, 1534 ... Relief hole, 1535a, 1535b, 1535c ... Through hole, 1536 ... Positioning step part, 1537 ... Projection part, 1550 ... Button cover 1551 ... Opening, 1552 ... Bearing, 1553a, 1553b ... Claw restraint, 1554 ... Shaft restraint, 1555a, 1555b, 1555c ... Screw hole pillar, 1556, 1557 ... Gutter, 1558 ... Groove, 1570 ... Button, 1571a, 1571b, 1571c ... screw hole pillars, 1572, 1573 ... collar, 1574 ... groove, 1620 ... firing stop switch, 1631a, 1631b, 1631c ... guide strut, 1700 ... main gear, 1700a ... arc, 1700f ... fixed part, 1700g ... Gear part, 1700gn1 1700 gn2 ... low tooth part, 1700 gw ... high tooth part, 1700h ... support shaft, 1700j ... projecting shaft, 1700jt ... projection part, R1700 ... rotating shaft, 1702a, 1702b ... screw hole, 1710 ... bearing part, 1710a ... groove, 1710h ... Hole, 1740 ... biasing gear, 1740a ... spring retaining groove, 1740f ... collar, 1740h ... through shaft hole, 1740p ... tooth groove, R1740 ... rotating shaft, 1750 ... biasing gear shaft, 1760 ... biasing spring, 1766 ... spring Stop post 1800 ... Gear mechanism 2011 ... Outer peripheral wall 2013 ... Inner peripheral wall 2015 ... Handle holder 2015a ... Brake part 2015b ... Flexible part 2015c ... Push shaft part 2021 ... Handle guide boss 2021a ... Guide base part , 2021b ... guide post portion, 2021c ... boss shaft portion, 2 23 ... Spring guide, 2025 touch sensor, 2027 ... Cable guide frame, 2029 ... Recessed hole, 2031 ... Return spring, 2033 ... Hook, 2035 ... Rubber cover, K1, K2 ... Adhesion space, R700, R720, R740 ... Rotation Axis, ST ... stopper, VR ... variable resistor, W1, W2, W3 ... gap, Y ... ball lending device

Claims (2)

A game ball launching device for launching a game ball into the game area, a launch handle for performing a turning operation for adjusting the launch strength of the game ball, and a launch strength of the game ball launching device according to an operation amount of the launch handle A game machine having a launch control unit for controlling
The firing handle includes a handle base that is a base of the firing handle, and a handle ring that is rotatably attached to the handle base.
The handle base has an operation amount of the firing handle in accordance with a switching operation by an operation of changing an attachment angle, a pulling operation, a pushing operation, a grasping operation, or a sliding operation of the whole or a part of the handle base. A gaming machine comprising a handle base operation mechanism to which a function for controlling the firing strength of the game ball launching device to a predetermined value is provided. A game ball launching device for launching a game ball into the game area, a launch handle for performing a turning operation for adjusting the launch strength of the game ball, and a launch strength of the game ball launching device according to an operation amount of the launch handle A game machine having a launch control unit for controlling
The firing handle includes a handle base that is a base of the firing handle, and a handle ring that is rotatably attached to the handle base.
The handle base has an operation amount of the firing handle in accordance with a switching operation by an operation of changing an attachment angle, a pulling operation, a pushing operation, a grasping operation, or a sliding operation of the whole or a part of the handle base. A gaming machine comprising a handle base operation mechanism to which a function for controlling the gaming ball launching device is assigned so as to interrupt the launching of the gaming ball.